all | frequencies |
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 928.87 KiB | / April 06 2007 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 3.00 MiB | September 02 2007 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Internal Photos | / April 06 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Setup Photos | / April 06 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Setup Photos | / April 06 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Setup Photos | / April 06 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Attestation Statements | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Attestation Statements | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | External Photos | / April 05 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Attestation Statements | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Attestation Statements | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Report | September 02 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Test Report | September 02 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | September 02 2007 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Cover Letter(s) | July 03 2007 / September 02 2007 |
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | User Manual | Users Manual | 928.87 KiB | / April 06 2007 |
Lenovo(Japan), Ltd., Date: April 10, 2007 Document Number: UY610-03-0038-45 Users Manual The attachments are parts of the users manual of the specific Lenovo host device (ThinkPad X60 Tablet Series) that indicate the regulatory notices concerning the FCC Part 2/15/22/24 and IC RSS-
102/132/133/210. The regulatory notice consists of the following separate parts. 1. WLAN/ Bluetooth/ UWB, and Modem features 2. WWAN feature (Model MC5725 and MC8775)
MC5725 adapter (US)
MC5725 adapter (Canada)
MC8775 adapter (US) And the following electronic contents referred in the above notices are also provided associated with host devices and indicated on each LCD screen 3. Electronic Users Manual
WLAN, WWAN & Bluetooth antenna locations
FCC ID, IC Certification Number indication
Location of WLAN & WWAN mini-PCI e card slots
Operation Instruction of wireless features
Operation Instruction of Digitizer feature Installation Instruction of WLAN & WWAN adapters 1. Regulatory Notice for WLAN/ Bluetooth/ UWB, and Modem features ThinkPad X61 Tablet Regulatory Notice Read first regulatory information Part Number: 42X3527 Please read this document before you use the ThinkPad computer. ThinkPad computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. You must install and use your computer in strict accordance with the instructions as described hereafter. If your ThinkPad computer contains a Wireless WAN adapter, be sure to also read ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for Wireless WAN adapter, included with your computer. Note: You cannot use the Wireless WAN Adapter and the Wireless LAN adapter (Models: AR5BXB6, AR5BXB63-L, AR5BXB72, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, or 4965AGN) simultaneously. If one of the adapters has established the connection to the network, the other will be disconnected automatically. To confirm the status of the network connection, check the power status indicators of your computer. For more information about the power status indicators, see the Power status indicators section in Access Help. Veuillez lire ce document avant dutiliser lordinateur ThinkPad. Lordinateur ThinkPad est conforme aux normes de scurit et de radiofrquence du pays ou de la rgion o son utilisation sans fil est agre. Vous devez installer et utiliser votre ordinateur en respectant scrupuleusement les instructions dcrites ci-aprs. Si votre ordinateur ThinkPad contient une carte de rseau tendu (WAN) sans fil, veillez lire galement la consigne rglementaire ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for Wireless WAN adapter, fournie avec votre ordinateur. Remarque: Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser simultanment la carte de rseau tendu sans fil et la carte de rseau local sans fil (Modles:
AR5BXB6, AR5BXB63-L, AR5BXB72, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, ou 4965AGN). Si lune de ces cartes a tabli la connexion avec le rseau, lautre carte sera automatiquement dconnecte. Pour confirmer ltat de la connexion rseau, contrlez les voyants Copyright Lenovo 2007 1 dtat dalimentation. Pour plus dinformations, reportez-vous la section Voyants dtat de lalimentation dans laide Access. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) I. RF safety compliance The antennas used for wireless LAN Mini PCI Express Cards (Model:
AR5BXB6, AR5BXB63-L, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, 4965AGN, and AR5BXB72) in this notebook computer are located on the upper side of the LCD screen, and the antenna used for Bluetooth card (Model: J07H081) is located on the keyboard bezel under the palm rest to the right. For the illustrations of each antenna location, see the UltraConnect wireless LAN antennas and Bluetooth antenna sections in Access Help. Note: The transmission diversity function is implemented for this product. For WLAN cards (Models: AR5BXB6, AR5BXB63-L, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, and 4965AGN) using Main and Auxiliary antennas for transmission in the IEEE 802.11 a/b/g transmission mode, radio frequency energy is not emitted simultaneously from both Main and Auxiliary antennas. One of the antennas is selected automatically or manually (by users) to have good quality of radiocommunication
(transmission diversity function). For the WLAN card (Model: 4965AGN) using MIMO (Multiple In Multiple Out), multiple antennas (Main and Auxiliary) can transmit radio frequency energy simultaneously. For the WLAN card (Model: AR5BXB72) using either MIMO or IEEE 802.11 a/b/g transmission mode, multiple antennas (Main and Auxiliary) can transmit radio frequency energy simultaneously. Third antenna is also used with the Models: 4965AGN and AR5BXB72 on some models, and functions as Receive Only. It does not emit any radio frequency energy. The total radiated energy from the Main and Auxiliary antennas connected to one of the wireless LAN Mini PCI Express Cards and Bluetooth card (with its built-in antenna on the card) conforms to the FCC limit of SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement regarding CFR Part 2 section 1093. The maximum SAR values measured for the ThinkPad X61 Tablet computer are less than the limit (1.6W/Kg), when the computer was used in the conventional settings. II. User installable Wireless LAN module Mini PCI Express Cards:
v FCC ID: PPD-AR5BXB6 (Model: AR5BXB6) v FCC ID: PPD-AR5BXB63-L (Model: AR5BXB63-L) v FCC ID: PPD-AR5BXB72-L (Model: AR5BXB72) 2 v FCC ID: PD9LEN3945ABG (Model: WM3945ABG) v FCC ID: PD9LEN4965AG (Model: 4965AG) v FCC ID: PD9LEN4965AGN (Model: 4965AGN) Wireless LAN Mini PCI Express Cards marketed in the USA and Canada do not support nor function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). i) FCC ID of wireless module: There is no FCC ID for Mini PCI Express Card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the FCC ID on the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. For the location of the FCC ID indicator, see the Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label section in Access Help. The FCC ID is affixed on the approved module installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the location of the slot, see the PCI Express Mini Card slots section in Access Help. If no integrated wireless LAN ii) Installation of approved wireless module:
Mini PCI Express Card has been preinstalled in your ThinkPad computer, you can install one, provided by Lenovo as an option. Plug the wireless card option into the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the installation procedure, see the "Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection" section in Access Help. Attention: The ThinkPad computers contain an authentication mechanism. If you install an unauthorized wireless LAN Mini PCI Express Card that is not approved for use in your computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits beeps. iii) Radio Frequency interference requirements:
v The devices have been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to FCC Part 15 Subpart B. The models AR5BXB6, AR5BXB63-L, and AR5BXB72 were subject to DoC. Refer to Electronic emission notices on page 8. The models WM3945ABG, 4965AG, and 4965AGN underwent the certification process, thus FCC ID PD9LEN3945ABG for model WM3945ABG, FCC ID PD9LEN4965AG for model 4965AG , and FCC ID PD9LEN4965AGN for model 4965AGN include all compliances of Part 15 Subpart B, C, and E. v Each device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires these products to be used indoors for the frequency range 5.15 to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. v High power radar are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. 3 III. Preinstalled integrated Bluetooth module v FCC ID: MCLJ07H081 (Model: J07H081) If you find the FCC ID i) FCC ID and installation of the module:
MCLJ07H081 on the label at the bottom side of your computer, your computer integrates the Bluetooth transmitter module (Model: J07H081). The Bluetooth module is preinstalled by Lenovo, and is not removable by users. If your card requires replacement via the proper steps shown in "Getting help and service" of the Service and Troubleshooting Guide, shipped with your computer, Lenovo will request you to send your computer with the card to Lenovo so that Lenovo will repair it. ii) The FCC RF safety requirement: The radiated output power of the Bluetooth module is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Therefore, a 20 cm of separation between the Bluetooth antenna and human body is not required. For the location of the Bluetooth module J07H081 and its built-in antenna, see the "About your computer" section in Access Help. iii) Radio Frequency interference requirements: The device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for both a Class B digital device regarding FCC Part 15 Subpart B and an intentional radiator regarding FCC Part 15 Subpart C; then it underwent the certification processes for both rules. Thus the FCC ID MCLJ07H081 of this device includes both certifications of Part 15 Subpart B and C. IV. Digitizer function in LCD screen The ThinkPad X61 Tablet computer employs a digitizer function in LCD screen which is able to sense the Tablet Digitizer Pen shipped associated with your computer. The digitizer emits extra low power radio frequency and complies with the FCC Part 15, Subpart C. The FCC ID: PU5-X61T is indicated on the label at the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. V. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your ThinkPad computer is approved for simultaneous use of the transmitters listed below:
v Wireless LAN adapter (FCC ID: PPD-AR5BXB6, PPD-AR5BXB63-L, PPD-AR5BXB72-L, PD9LEN3945ABG, PD9LEN4965AG, or PD9LEN4965AGN) v Bluetooth module (FCC ID: MCLJ07H081) Please make sure of the following conditions on use of these wireless features:
1. When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the SAR requirement and is approved to use for ThinkPad X61 Tablet computer. 4 2. When you use any other RF option device, all other wireless features including the above integrated devices in your ThinkPad computer are required to be turned off. 3. Users must follow the RF Safety instructions on wireless option devices that are included in the RF option devices users manual. Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC Certification number I) User installable Wireless LAN modules:
v v v v v v IC: 4104A-AR5BXB6 (Model: AR5BXB6) IC: 4104A-ARBXB63L (Model: AR5BXB63-L) IC: 4104A-ARBXB72L (Model: AR5BXB72) IC: 1000M-LEN3945 (Model: WM3945ABG) IC: 1000M-L4965AG (Model: 4965AG) IC: 1000M-L4965AGN (Model: 4965AGN) Wireless LAN Mini PCI Express Cards marketed in the USA and Canada do not support nor function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). There is no certification number of Industry Canada for Mini PCI Express Card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the IC Certification number on the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. For the location of the IC Certification number indicator, see the Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label section in Access Help. The IC certification number is affixed on the approved module installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the location of the slot, see the PCI Express Mini Card slots section in Access Help. Attention: The ThinkPad computer contains an authentication mechanism You can install or remove each wireless feature by yourself. If you install an unauthorized wireless adapter that is not approved for use in the ThinkPad computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits beeps. II) Digitizer function in LCD screen: The ThinkPad X61 Tablet computers employ a digitizer function in LCD screen which is able to sense the Tablet Digitizer Pen shipped associated with your computer. The digitizer emits extra low power radio frequency and complies with the standard (RSS-210). The IC certification number IC: 4182A-X61T is indicated on the label at the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. III) Preinstalled integrated Bluetooth module:
v IC: 2878D-J07H081 (Model: J07H081) 5 If you find an indication Contains Transmitter Module: Canada IC:
2878D-J07H081 on the label at the bottom side of your computer, your computer integrates the Bluetooth transmitter module. The Bluetooth module is preinstalled by Lenovo, and is not removable by users. If your card requires replacement via the proper steps shown in "Getting help and service" of the Service and Troubleshooting Guide, Lenovo will request you to send your computer with the card to Lenovo so that Lenovo will repair it. Low power license-exempt radiocommunication devices (RSS-210):
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and 2. this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. The transmitter devices have been designed to operate with the antennas integrated in ThinkPad computer, and having a maximum gain of within 3 dBi. The maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the 5250-5350 MHz and 5725-5825 MHz bands complies with the e.i.r.p. limit in section A9.2 of RSS-210. When you use the model AR5BXB6, AR5BXB72, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, or 4965AGN:
v The devices for the band 51505250 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. v High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 52505350 MHz and 56505850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LELAN (Licence-Exempt Local Area Network) devices. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102): ThinkPad computers employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canadas Web site at www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb Numro dhomologation IC I) Module sans fil installable par lutilisateur: Les cartes Express mini-PCI de rseau local sans fil:
v v v v v IC: 4104A-AR5BXB6 (Model: AR5BXB6) IC: 4104A-ARBXB63L (Model: AR5BXB63-L) IC: 4104A-ARBXB72L (Model: AR5BXB72) IC: 1000M-LEN3945 (Model: WM3945ABG) IC: 1000M-L4965AG (Model: 4965AG) 6 v IC: 1000M-L4965AGN (Model: 4965AGN) Les cartes de rseau local sans fil Express mini-PCI commercialises aux Etats-Unis et au Canada ne prennent pas en charge les canaux tendus (12ch, 13ch) et ne fonctionnent donc pas sur de tels canaux. Le botier de votre ordinateur ThinkPad ne comporte pas de numro dhomologation IC (Industry Canada) pour la carte mini-PCI Express ; mais sous votre ThinkPad, vous trouverez un indicateur pointant vers lemplacement du numro dhomologation IC. Pour connatre lemplacement du numro dhomologation IC, consultez la section correspondante dans laide Access. Le numro dhomologation IC est appos sur le module install dans le logement pour carte mini-PCI Express. Pour connatre lemplacement de ce logement, consultez la section correspondante dans laide Access. Attention: Lordinateur ThinkPad contient un mcanisme dauthentification. Vous pouvez installer ou dsinstaller tout dispositif sans fil. Si vous installez une carte sans fil qui nest pas homologue pour lordinateur ThinkPad, lordinateur ne dmarrera pas; un message derreur sera affich et des bips sonores seront mis. II) Fonction de numrisation sur cran LCD: Les ordinateurs ThinkPad X61 Tablet utilisent une fonction de numrisation sur cran LCD capable de dtecter le stylo numriseur de la tablette graphique qui est associ votre ordinateur. Le numriseur met une frquence radio extrmement basse et il est conforme la norme CNR-210. Le numro de certification IC: 4182A-X61T figure sur ltiquette appose au bas de votre ordinateur ThinkPad. III) Module Bluetooth intgr prinstall:
v IC : 2878D-J07H081 (Modle : J07H081) Si la mention Contains Transmitter Module: Canada IC: 2878D-J07H081 figure sur ltiquette situe au bas de votre ordinateur, cela signifie que ce dernier intgre le module de transmission Bluetooth. Le module Bluetooth est prinstall par Lenovo et ne peut pas tre retir par les utilisateurs. Si votre carte doit tre remplace conformment aux tapes du Chapitre relatif laide et la maintenance dans le manuel Guide de maintenance et didentification des incidents, Lenovo vous demandera de lui envoyer votre ordinateur accompagn de la carte pour rparation. Remarque relative aux appareils de communication radio de faible puissance sans licence (CNR-210): Le fonctionnement de ce type dappareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio, et 2. cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. 7 Les priphriques dmission sont conus pour fonctionner avec des antennes intgres aux ThinkPad et ayant un gain maximal de moins de 3 dBi. Le gain dantenne maximal pour les priphriques dans les bandes de frquence 5250-5350 MHz et 5725-5825 MHz est conforme la limite p.i.r.e nonce dans la section A9.2 de la CNR-210. Lorsque vous utilisez le modle AR5BXB6, AR5BXB72, WM3945ABG, 4965AG, ou 4965AGN :
v Tout appareil destin la bande 5150-5250 MHz devra tre exclusivement utilis en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. v Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme les utilisateurs principaux (cest--dire quils sont prioritaires) des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz. Ils peuvent provoquer des perturbations lectromagntiques sur les appareils de type LELAN (rseau de communication local sans licence) ou les endommager. Exposition des tres humains aux champs radiolectriques (RF) (CNR-102):
Lordinateur ThinkPad utilise des antennes intgrales faible gain qui nmettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par le Ministre de la sant canadien pour la population. Consultez le Safety Code 6 sur le site Web du Ministre de la sant canadien ladresse www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb. Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Statement v Model: AR5BXB6 v Model: AR5BXB63-L v Model: AR5BXB72 v Model: ThinkPad X61 Tablet (Machine Type: 7762, 7763, 7764, 7767, 7768 and 7769) Note: The compliances of the FCC Part 15 Subpart B for models WM3945ABG, 4965AG, 4965AGN, and J07H081 were proceeded by certification under each respective FCC ID: PD9LEN3945ABG, PD9LEN4965AG, PD9LEN4965AGN, and MCLJ07H081. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. 8 However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
v Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. v v Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. which the receiver is connected. v Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:
Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 5241 Paramount Parkway Morrisville, NC 27650 Telephone: (919) 254-0532 Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE Industry Canada Class B Emission Compliance Statement This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Avis de conformit la rglementation dIndustrie Canada Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Telecommunication notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Telephone Company Requirements (Part 68 of the FCC Rules) 1. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on 9 the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent, and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. In order to program this information into your computer, you should be sure to follow the installation instructions for your fax software package. 2. This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company. 3. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). If the built-in modem causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. But, if advance notice isnt practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC. 4. 5. Your telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so as to give you an opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. 6. No customer repairs are possible to the modem. If you experience trouble with this built-in modem, contact your Lenovo Authorized Seller, or the Customer Support Center. For the most current phone numbers, go to http://www.lenovo.com/think/support and click Support phone list. The telephone company may ask you to disconnect this equipment from the network until the problem has been corrected, or until you are sure the equipment is not malfunctioning. 7. The modem may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company. Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commission or corporation commission for information. 8. When ordering network interface (NI) service from the Local Exchange Carrier, specify service arrangement USOC RJ11C. 9. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone 10 10. cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation of this Data/Fax Modem does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. Industry Canada requirements Notice This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation, IC, before the registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment. Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of communication. In some cases, the companys inside wiring associated with a single line individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly (telephone extension cord). The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility designated by the supplier. Any repairs of alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas. Caution Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) for the terminal equipment RD02-D110 is 0.1. The REN assigned to each terminal equipment provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a 11 telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed five. Avis Le prsent matriel est conforme aux spcifications techniques dIndustrie Canada applicables au matriel terminal. Cette conformit est confirme par le numro denregistrement. Le sigle IC, plac devant le numro denregistrement, signifie que lenregistrement sest effectu conformment une dclaration de conformit et indique que les spcifications techniques dIndustrie Canada ont t respectes. Il nimplique pas quIndustrie Canada a approuv le matriel. Avant dinstaller ce matriel, lutilisateur doit sassurer quil est permis de le raccorder aux installations de lentreprise locale de tlcommunication. Le matriel doit galement tre install en suivant une mthode accepte de raccordement. Dans certains cas, les fils intrieurs de lentreprise utiliss pour un service individuel ligne unique peuvent tre prolongs au moyen dun dispositif homologu de raccordement (cordon prolongateur tlphonique interne). Labonn ne doit pas oublier quil est possible que la conformit aux conditions nonces ci-dessus nempechent pas la dgradation du service dans certaines situations. Actuellement, les entreprises de tlcommunication ne permettent pas que lon raccorde leur matriel des jacks dabonn, sauf dans les cas prcis prvus par les tarifs paticuliers de ces entreprises. Les rparations de matriel homologu doivent tre effectues par un centre dentretien canadien autoris dsign par le fournisseur. La compagnie de tlcommunications peut demander lutilisateur de dbrancher un appareil la suite de rparations ou de modifications effectues par lutilisateur ou cause de mauvais fonctionnement. Pour sa propre protection, lutilisateur doit sassurer que tous les fils de mise la terre de la source dnergie lectrique, des lignes tlphoniques et des canalisations deau mtalliques, sil y en a, sont raccords ensemble. Cette prcaution est particulirement importante dans les rgions rurales. Avertissement Lutilisateur ne doit pas tenter de faire ces raccordements lui-mme; il doit avoir recours un service dinspection des installations lectriques, ou lectricien, selon le cas. Lindice dquivalence de la sonnerie (IES) du prsent matriel RD02-D110 est de 0.1. LIES assign chaque dispositif terminal indique le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent tre raccords une interface tlphonique. La terminaison dune interface peut consister en une combinaison quelconque de 12 dispositifs, la seule condition que la somme dindices dquivalence de la sonnerie de tous les dispositifs nexcde pas 5. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo ThinkPad Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. 13 2. Regulatory Notice for WWAN feature (Model MC5725 and MC8775) Part Number: 42X3528 ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for Wireless WAN adapter Read first regulatory information Please read this document before you use the ThinkPad computer. Be sure to also read ThinkPad Regulatory Notice, included with your computer. ThinkPad computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. You must install and use your computer in strict accordance with the instructions as described hereafter. You cannot use the Wireless WAN Adapter Model: MC5725 and a Wireless LAN adapter simultaneously. If one of the adapters has established the connection to the network, the other will be disconnected automatically. To confirm the status of the network connection, check the power status indicators of your computer. For more information about the power status indicators, see the Power status indicators section in Access Help. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) If your computer integrates the Wireless WAN adapter Model: MC5725, you may connect it to the radiocommunication Public Network in the USA. I. FCC ID of the wireless module The Wireless WAN adapter (Model: MC5725) was certified under the FCC ID:
N7N-MC5725-L, but there is no FCC ID for the card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the FCC ID on the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. For the location of the FCC ID indicator, see the "Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label" in Access Help. The FCC ID is affixed on the approved module installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the location of the slot, see the "PCI Express Mini Card slots" section in Access Help. II. Installation of the approved wireless module If no integrated wireless WAN Mini PCI Express Card has been preinstalled in your ThinkPad computer, you can install one, provided by Lenovo as an option. Plug the wireless card option into the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the installation procedure, see the "Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection" section in Access Help. Copyright Lenovo 2007 1 Attention: The ThinkPad computers contain an authentication mechanism. If you install an unauthorized wireless WAN Mini PCI Express Card that is not approved for use in your ThinkPad computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits beeps. III. RF safety compliance The total radiated energy from the antenna connected to the Wireless WAN adapter (Model: MC5725), the Bluetooth module with its built-in antenna on card (Model: J07H081), and the Wireless USB Card (Model: T60H990) conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement regarding 47 CFR Part 2 section 1093. The maximum SAR values measured for your ThinkPad computer were less than the FCC limit 1.6W/Kg, when the ThinkPad computer was operated in a conventional setting. For the location of the antenna, see the "About your computer" section in Access Help. IV. Emergency Calls The Wireless WAN adapters embedded in the ThinkPad computer do not support voice calls, hence their use for essential communication is not possible, including emergency calls regarding the E911 rule. V. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters If your ThinkPad computer contains the Bluetooth module (Model: J07H081, FCC ID: MCLJ07H081) or the Wireless USB Card (Model: T60H990, FCC ID:
MCLT60H990), the Wireless WAN module Model: MC5725 is approved for simultaneous use with these radio devices. Please make sure of the following conditions on use of these wireless features:
1. When you use any other RF option device, all other wireless features including the above integrated devices in your ThinkPad computer are required to be turned off. 2. Users must follow the RF Safety instructions on wireless option devices that are included in the RF option devices users manual. Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Statement v Model: MC5725 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or 2 television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
v Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. v v Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to v Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. which the receiver is connected. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:
Lenovo (United States) Inc. 5241 Paramount Parkway Morrisville, NC 27650 Telephone: (919) 254-0532 Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo ThinkPad Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. 3 Part Number: 42X3544 ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for Wireless WAN adapter Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC Certification number User installable Wireless WAN module:
v IC: 2417C-MC5725 (Model: MC5725) There is no certification number of Industry Canada for Mini PCI Express Card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the certification number on the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. For the location of the certification number indicator, see the Location of the FCC ID and IC certification number label section in Access Help. The certification number of Industry Canada is affixed on the approved module installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the location of the slot, see the PCI Express Mini Card slots section in Access Help. Attention: The ThinkPad computer contains an authentication mechanism. You can install or remove each wireless feature by yourself. If you install an unauthorized wireless adapter that is not approved for use in the ThinkPad computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits beeps. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) ThinkPad computers employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canadas Web site at www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb Industry Canada Class B Emission Compliance Statement This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Copyright Lenovo 2006 1 Numro dhomologation IC Module sans fil installable par lutilisateur:
v IC: 2417C-MC5725 (Modle: MC5725) Le numro dhomologation dIndustrie Canada pour le carte sans fil Express mini-PCI homologue est indiqu sur le module install dans lemplacement rserv la carte Express mini-PCI. Pour plus d'informations sur lemplacement rserv la carte Express mini-PCI reportez-vous la rubrique
"ThinkPad - Prsentation" dans Access Help. Attention: Lordinateur ThinkPad contient un mcanisme dauthentification. Vous pouvez installer ou dsinstaller tout dispositif sans fil. Si vous installez une carte sans fil qui nest pas homologue pour lordinateur ThinkPad, lordinateur ne dmarrera pas; un message derreur sera affich et des bips sonores seront mis. Exposition des tres humains aux champs radiolectriques (RF)
(CNR-102) Lordinateur ThinkPad utilise des antennes intgrales faible gain qui nmettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par le Ministre de la sant canadien pour la population. Consultez le Safety Code 6 sur le site Web du Ministre de la sant canadien ladresse www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb. Avis de conformit la rglementation dIndustrie Canada Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Le fonctionnement de ce type dappareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio, et
(2) cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. 2 Part Number: 42X3541 ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for Wireless WAN adapter Read first regulatory information Please read this document before you use the ThinkPad computer. Be sure to also read ThinkPad Regulatory Notice, included with your computer. ThinkPad computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. You must install and use your computer in strict accordance with the instructions as described hereafter. You cannot use the Wireless WAN Adapter Model: MC8775 and a Wireless LAN adapter simultaneously. If one of the adapters has established the connection to the network, the other will be disconnected automatically. To confirm the status of the network connection, check the power status indicators of your computer. For more information about the power status indicators, see the Power status indicators section in Access Help. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) If your computer integrates the Wireless WAN adapter Model: MC8775, you may connect it to the radiocommunication Public Network in the USA. This WWAN Module is only certified with the FCC. I. FCC ID of the wireless module The Wireless WAN adapter (Model: MC8775) was certified under the FCC ID:
N7NMC8775-L, but there is no FCC ID for the card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the FCC ID on the bottom side of your ThinkPad computer. For the location of the FCC ID indicator, see the "Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label" in Access Help. The FCC ID is affixed on the approved module installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot. For the location of the slot, see the "PCI Express Mini Card slots" section in Access Help. II. Installation of the approved wireless module If no integrated wireless WAN Mini PCI Express Card has been preinstalled in your ThinkPad computer, you can install one, provided by Lenovo as an option. Plug the wireless card option into the Mini PCI Express Card slot. Copyright Lenovo 2007 1 For the installation procedure, see the "Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection" section in Access Help. Attention: The ThinkPad computers contain an authentication mechanism. If you install an unauthorized wireless WAN Mini PCI Express Card that is not approved for use in your ThinkPad computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits beeps. III. RF safety compliance The total radiated energy from the antenna connected to the Wireless WAN adapter (Model: MC8775), the Bluetooth module with its built-in antenna on card (Model: J07H081), and the Wireless USB Card (Model: T60H990) conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement regarding 47 CFR Part 2 section 1093. The maximum SAR values measured for your ThinkPad computer were less than the FCC limit 1.6W/Kg, when the ThinkPad computer was operated in a conventional setting. For the location of the antenna, see the "About your computer" section in Access Help. IV. Emergency Calls The Wireless WAN adapters embedded in the ThinkPad computer do not support voice calls, hence their use for essential communication is not possible, including emergency calls regarding the E911 rule. V. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters If your ThinkPad computer contains the Bluetooth module (Model: J07H081, FCC ID: MCLJ07H081) or the Wireless USB Card (Model: T60H990, FCC ID:
MCLT60H990), the Wireless WAN module Model: MC8775 is approved for simultaneous use with these radio devices. Please make sure of the following conditions on use of these wireless features:
1. When you use any other RF option device, all other wireless features including the above integrated devices in your ThinkPad computer are required to be turned off. 2. Users must follow the RF Safety instructions on wireless option devices that are included in the RF option devices users manual. Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Statement v Model: MC8775 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the 2 instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
v Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. v v Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to v Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. which the receiver is connected. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:
Lenovo (United States) Inc. 5241 Paramount Parkway Morrisville, NC 27650 Telephone: (919) 254-0532 Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo ThinkPad Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. 3 3. Electronic Users Manual Location: Bluetooth antenna 1/2 Right-side view 10. Bluetooth antenna Some ThinkPad models have Integrated Bluetooth features. file://C:\TamaTemp\LCBLUE.HTM\LCBLUE.HTM 2007/03/19 Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label 1/1 Location of the FCC ID and IC Certification number label There is no FCC ID or IC Certification number for the PCI Express Mini Card shown on the enclosure of your ThinkPad computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the FCC ID and the IC Certification number for the installed transmitter card on the bottom side of your ThinkPad as shown below. The FCC ID and IC Certification number label is affixed on the card installed in the Mini PCI Express Card slot of your ThinkPad computer. Note: The wording of the label may vary depending on the model. If no integrated wireless PCI Express Mini Card has been preinstalled in your ThinkPad computer, you can install one. To do this, follow the procedure in Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection or Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection. file://C:\TamaTemp\fccidlbl.htm\fccidlbl.htm 2007/03/19 Location: PCI Express Mini Card slot 1/1 Front view 7. PCI Express Mini Card slots Your computer might include PCI Express Mini Cards in the PCI Express Mini Card slots which enable wireless LAN and WAN communications. file://C:\TamaTemp\LCMPCI.HTM\LCMPCI.HTM 2007/03/19 Replacing the palm rest 1/2 Replacing the palm rest Before you start, print these instructions. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card or the Modem Daughter Card, you need to remove the keyboard and then the palm rest. Danger: During electrical storms, do not connect the cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. Danger: Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the cables before opening the cover of this slot. To remove the palm rest, do as follows:
1. Turn off the computer; then disconnect the ac adapter and all cables from the computer. Wait for a few minutes, till the inside of the computer cools, before you start the following procedures. 2. Remove the battery. 3. Remove the Tablet Digitizer Pen. 4. Remove the keyboard. 5. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 6. First remove the short screw marked (A), and then remove the six screws marked (C). 7. Turn the computer over and open the display. Lift up to release the left edge of the palm rest (1). 8. Gently lift the right front side of the palm rest (2) to release the latch on the right top edge, and then release the palm rest from the computer. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpalm.htm\replpalm.htm 2007/03/19 Replacing the palm rest 2/2 To reinstall the palm rest, do as follows:
1. Reinstall the palm rest by aligning the latches (1), and pushing down on the front and sides (where the latches are) (2) of the palm rest. 2. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 3. First reinstall the short screw marked (A), and then reinstall six screws marked (C). 4. Store the Tablet Digitizer Pen back in its slot. 5. Reinstall the keyboard. 6. Reinstall the battery. 7. Turn the computer over again. Connect the ac adapter and cables to the computer; then turn it on. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpalm.htm\replpalm.htm 2007/03/19 Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection 1/4 Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection Before you start, print these instructions. Installation of the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN If no integrated wireless LAN Mini-PCI express card module has been preinstalled in your ThinkPad computer, you can install one. To do this, follow the procedure in the Replacement of the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN section below. Replacement of the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN If your computer has a PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN, you can replace it with a new one. To do this, follow the procedure below. To find the position of the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection in your computer, click here. Danger: During electrical storms, do not connect the cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. Danger: Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the cables before opening the cover of this slot. Attention: Before you start installing a module, touch a metal table or a grounded metal object. This action reduces any static electricity from your body. The static electricity could damage the PCI Express Mini Card. Note: Use the PCI Express Mini Card provided by Lenovo. Note: If your computer is a wireless upgradeable model, you can install a wireless PCI Express Mini Card, available as an option. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card with two connectors, click here. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card with three connectors, click here. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card with two connectors, do as follows:
1. Turn off the computer; then disconnect the ac adapter and all cables from the computer. Wait for a few minutes, till the inside of the computer cools, before you start the following procedures. 2. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 3. Remove the battery. 4. Remove the Tablet Digitizer Pen. 5. Remove the keyboard. 6. Remove the palm rest. 7. If a tool for removing connectors is included in the package with the new card, use it to disconnect the cables from the card. If no such tool is included, disconnect the cables from the card by picking up the connectors with your fingers and gently unplugging them. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpci.htm\replpci.htm 2007/03/19 Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection 2/4 8. Remove the screws (1). The card pops up (2). Remove the card. Note: If there is a spacer under the screw, remove it before installing a new card. 9. Align the contact edge of the PCI Express Mini Card with the corresponding socket contact of the computer. 10. Pivot the card until you can snap it into place by pressing the upper side of the connectors; then secure the card with the two screws. Make sure that the card is firmly fixed in the slot and does not move easily. 11. Connect the cables to the new PCI Express Mini Card. Note: If the new PCI Express Mini Card has three connectors, as in the next drawing, you must attach the cables to the right and left connectors. If you attach either cable to the center connector, the connection speed will be lower. 12. Reinstall the palm rest. 13. Store the Tablet Digitizer Pen back in its slot. 14. Reinstall the keyboard. 15. Reinstall the battery. 16. Turn the computer over again. Connect the ac adapter and cables to the computer; then turn it on. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpci.htm\replpci.htm 2007/03/19 Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection 3/4 connectors comes with the computer. To replace the card for the MIMO feature, do as follows:
1. Turn off the computer; then disconnect the ac adapter and all cables from the computer. Wait for a few minutes, till the inside of the computer cools, before you start the following procedures. 2. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 3. Remove the battery. 4. Remove the Tablet Digitizer Pen. 5. Remove the keyboard. 6. Remove the palm rest. 7. If a tool for removing connectors is included in the package with the new card, use it to disconnect the cables from the card. If no such tool is included, disconnect the cables from the card by picking up the connectors with your fingers and gently unplugging them. 8. Remove the screws (1). The card pops up (2). Remove the card. Note: If there is a spacer under the screw, remove it before installing a new card. 9. If the new PCI Express Mini Card has three connectors, skip this step. If the new PCI Express Mini Card has two connectors, first insert the connector end of the white cable in the plastic cable bag and affix the cable to the mainboard with tape. 10. Align the contact edge of the new card with the corresponding socket contact of the computer. 11. Pivot the card until you can snap it into place by pressing the upper side of the connectors; then secure the card with the two screws. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpci.htm\replpci.htm 2007/03/19 Installing and replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection 4/4 Make sure that the card is firmly fixed in the slot and does not move easily. 12. Connect the cables to the new card. Note: If the new PCI Express Mini Card has two connectors, as in the next drawing, you must attach the gray cable to the left connector and the black cable to the right connector. 13. Reinstall the palm rest. 14. Store the Tablet Digitizer Pen back in its slot. 15. Reinstall the keyboard. 16. Reinstall the battery. 17. Turn the computer over again. Connect the ac adapter and cables to the computer; then turn it on. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpci.htm\replpci.htm 2007/03/19 Replacing the palm rest 1/2 Replacing the palm rest Before you start, print these instructions. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card or the Modem Daughter Card, you need to remove the keyboard and then the palm rest. Danger: During electrical storms, do not connect the cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. Danger: Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the cables before opening the cover of this slot. To remove the palm rest, do as follows:
1. Turn off the computer; then disconnect the ac adapter and all cables from the computer. Wait for a few minutes, till the inside of the computer cools, before you start the following procedures. 2. Remove the battery. 3. Remove the Tablet Digitizer Pen. 4. Remove the keyboard. 5. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 6. First remove the short screw marked (A), and then remove the six screws marked (C). 7. Turn the computer over and open the display. Lift up to release the left edge of the palm rest (1). 8. Gently lift the right front side of the palm rest (2) to release the latch on the right top edge, and then release the palm rest from the computer. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpalm.htm\replpalm.htm 2007/03/19 Replacing the palm rest 2/2 To reinstall the palm rest, do as follows:
1. Reinstall the palm rest by aligning the latches (1), and pushing down on the front and sides (where the latches are) (2) of the palm rest. 2. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 3. First reinstall the short screw marked (A), and then reinstall six screws marked (C). 4. Store the Tablet Digitizer Pen back in its slot. 5. Reinstall the keyboard. 6. Reinstall the battery. 7. Turn the computer over again. Connect the ac adapter and cables to the computer; then turn it on. file://C:\TamaTemp\replpalm.htm\replpalm.htm 2007/03/19 Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection 1/2 Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection Before you start, print these instructions. Some ThinkPad models have a PCI Express Mini Card slot for wireless WAN connection. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card with a new one, follow the procedure below. To find the position of the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection in your computer, click here . Danger: During electrical storms, do not connect the cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. Danger: Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the cables before opening the cover of this slot. Attention: Before you start installing a PCI Express Mini Card, touch a metal table or a grounded metal object. This action reduces any static electricity from your body. The static electricity could damage the card. To replace the PCI Express Mini Card, do as follows:
1. Turn off the computer; then disconnect the ac adapter and all cables from the computer. Wait for a few minutes, till the inside of the computer cools, before you start the following procedures. 2. Close the computer display, and turn the computer over. 3. Remove the battery. 4. Remove the Tablet Digitizer Pen. 5. Remove the keyboard. 6. Remove the palm rest. 7. If a tool for removing connectors is included in the package with the new card, use it to disconnect the cables from the card (1). If no such tool is included, disconnect the cables from the card (1) by picking up the connectors with your fingers and gently unplugging them. Then peel off the antenna if it is present. Note: Depending on the system configuration of your computer, the card may have only one connector. 8. Remove the screws (3). The card pops up (4). Remove the card (3). file://C:\TamaTemp\replwan.htm\replwan.htm 2007/03/19 Replacing the PCI Express Mini Card for wireless WAN connection 2/2 9. Align the contact edge of the new Wireless WAN Card with the corresponding socket contact of the computer. 10. Pivot the card until you can snap it into place by pressing the upper side of the connectors; then secure the card with the two screws. Reattach the antenna if it is present, and connect the cables to the new card. Note: Depending on the system configuration of your computer, the card may have only one connector. 11. Reinstall the palm rest. 12. Store the Tablet Digitizer Pen back in its slot. 13. Reinstall the keyboard. 14. Reinstall the battery. 15. Turn the computer over again. Connect the ac adapter and cables to the computer; then turn it on. file://C:\TamaTemp\replwan.htm\replwan.htm 2007/03/19 Power-status indicators 1/2 Power-status indicators The computer has status indicators that show the mode (standby, hibernation, or normal), AC power status, and the status of the battery. The following shows the location and the meaning of the indicators:
1. Standby status operation. 2. AC power status 3. Battery status
Green: The computer is in standby mode.
Blinking green: The computer is entering standby or hibernation mode, or is resuming normal
Green: The ac adapter is connected and the computer is operating on ac power. If a battery is installed in the computer, it is charged when this indicator is green.
Off: The computer is operating on battery power.
Green: The battery has more than 20% charge.
Orange: The battery has between 5% and 20% charge.
Fast blinking orange: The battery has less than 5% charge. Note: The battery may be charging.
Slow blinking orange: The battery is being charged. When it reaches 20%, the blinking color changes to green.
Slow blinking green: The battery has between 20% and 80% charge, and charging is continuing. When the battery reaches 80% charge, blinking stops, but the charging may continue until the battery is 100% charged. Note: If the computer is operating on battery power, the Battery status indicator does not work while the computer is turned off or it is in standby mode or hibernation mode. If your computer is shipped with a wireless feature and a Bluetooth feature, you can use the following indicators:
4. Wireless WAN status
Green: The wireless WAN feature is on, and the radio link is ready for use.
Blinking green: Data is being transmitted. 5. Bluetooth status 6. Wireless LAN status
Green: The Bluetooth feature is on, and the radio link is ready for use.
Blinking green: Data is being transmitted.
Green: The wireless feature (the IEEE 802.11 standard) is on, and the radio link is ready for use.
Blinking green: Data is being transmitted. mk:@MSITStore:C:\Documents%20and%20Settings\KNAKA\My%20Documents\DA... 2006/10/05 Wireless connections 1/1 Wireless connections You can connect to the Internet without connecting a wire to your computer by setting up a wireless access point or residential gateway. A wireless access point does not connect you to the Internet directly. Instead, it connects to a wired connection such as a cable modem, a DSL modem, or a phone line. Certain types of wireless connections, such as wireless LAN (the IEEE 802.11 standard), are being used to connect to an access point. To connect to an access point, you will need several pieces of information. You will need to know the network name (obtain this from your administrator), and your MAC address (which should have come with your computer or wireless networking card). You may also need to set up encryption. Contact your administrator for your network name and encryption settings. You may need to register your MAC address with your network administrator before connecting to your company network. A residential gateway is the consumer version of an access point. Consult your residential gateway instructions for setup. Be careful to disable the wireless function when you are not using it because it uses power even when you are not connected to the network. Some models have an integrated Wireless LAN antenna and hardware. If your computer did not come with integrated wireless, you can purchase a PC Card as an option. Wireless LAN gives you a high-speed connection to an access point. If your computer comes with the built-in wireless LAN or wireless WAN card, refer to Making wireless LAN connections and Using wireless WAN connections for more information. If your computer has the Integrated Bluetooth features and/or is equipped with the Certified Wireless USB, refer to Using Bluetooth and Using Certified Wireless USB for more information. file://C:\TamaTemp\Wireless.htm\Wireless.htm 2007/02/13 Using wireless WAN connections 1/2 Using wireless WAN connections Wireless Wide Area Network (wireless WAN) enables you to establish wireless connections over remote public or private networks. These connections can be maintained over a large geographical area, such a city or an entire country, by use of multiple antenna sites or satellite systems maintained by wireless service providers. Some ThinkPad computers come with a built-in wireless WAN card integrating some wireless WAN technologies, such as 1xEV-DO or HSDPA. You can connect to the Internet or your company network with the built-in wireless WAN card and the configuration utility to make a wireless WAN connection and monitor its status. Note: Wireless WAN service is provided by authorized service providers in some countries. Note: When the wireless WAN connection is enabled, you cannot set the screen orientation of your computer to Secondary Landscape. If the antenna for wireless WAN connections is on the top right side of your computer display (1), you can use the wireless WAN feature. To use a wireless WAN connection with built-in wireless WAN features, start Access Connections. To start the Access Connections wizard, click Start --> All Programs --> ThinkVantage --> Access Connections, and follow the instructions on the screen. file://C:\TamaTemp\usewan.htm\usewan.htm 2007/03/19 Making wireless LAN connections 1/1 Making wireless LAN connections You can stay connected to your network while you are in the office, in a meeting room, or at home, with no need for a wired connection. Some ThinkPad models come with a built-in wireless networking card and a configuration utility to help you make wireless connections and monitor the status of your connection. Attention: If you carry your ThinkPad computer with the wireless LAN feature into an airplane, you need to disable it before boarding. To disable it, refer to the instructions in Enabling or disabling the wireless feature. Wireless networking setup Wireless security features Checking wireless connection status Enabling or disabling the wireless feature Wireless upgradeable ThinkPad models Note: Some models come with a wireless networking card and a wireless LAN configuration utility built in. If your computer does not come with these features, you can purchase the wireless networking card as an option. For more information, refer to Finding ThinkPad options. Note: If you use the wireless LAN feature, place your computer so that there are as few obstacles as possible between the wireless LAN access point and the computer. Also for the best connection of the wireless LAN feature, open your computer display to an angle of slightly more than 90 degrees. file://C:\TamaTemp\Wireconn.htm\Wireconn.htm 2007/02/13 Wireless networking setup 1/1 Wireless networking setup To use the built-in wireless networking card (the IEEE 802.11 standard) to communicate, start Access Connections To start the Access Connections wizard, click Start --> All Programs (in Windows 2000, Programs) -->
ThinkVantage --> Access Connections, and follow the instructions on the screen. Note: Before you start setting up wireless networking connections by using Access Connections, obtain a Network Name (SSID) and your encryption information from your network administrator. Access Connections, a connectivity assistant program, can easily enable one network adapter and disable the other adapters on demand. After setting up your wireless networking connection, you can use the program to quickly switch the network settings. file://C:\TamaTemp\wireset.htm\wireset.htm 2007/02/13 Wireless security features 1/1 Wireless security features Advances in wireless technology require that we manage your security more reliably than ever. Therefore, Lenovo has extended its Embedded Security Subsystem to encompass virtually all of our ThinkPad and desktop computer lines. This security subsystem helps protect data, hardware, network access and communications - both wired and wireless - on select ThinkPad and desktop PCs. The Embedded Security Subsystem provides hardware-based protection of critical security information, including passwords, encryption keys, and electronic credentials. It also helps identify computer users involved in transactions, and helps establish that data transmissions are authentic, confidential and intact. Security and Privacy Services for wireless risk assessment and wireless solution design can help you assess the risks based on your business needs, identify your information risk position, and integrate security strategies, policies, and architectures to help you achieve your wireless e-business objectives. To effectively manage risk on an ongoing basis, organizations must have a sound security strategy. By understanding threats and vulnerabilities at an early stage, we can help define the necessary scope and features of your wireless e-business security infrastructure. For more information on wireless security offerings, click the following link:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/think/thinkvantagetech/security.html file://C:\TamaTemp\wiresec.HTM\wiresec.HTM 2007/02/13 Checking wireless connection status 1/1 Checking wireless connection status You can check the signal strength and status of your wireless connection either by opening Access Connections, or by double-clicking the Access Connections wireless status icon in the system tray. The Access Connections wireless status icon displays the signal strength and status of your wireless connection as follows:
No link or a very poor one Usable but weak link Strong link Wireless radio is disabled Note: If you have trouble in making a connection, try moving your computer closer to your wireless access point. file://C:\TamaTemp\wirestat.htm\wirestat.htm 2007/02/13 Enabling or disabling the wireless feature 1/1 Enabling or disabling the wireless feature To enable or disable the wireless feature, press Fn+F5. A list of wireless features is displayed. You can turn the feature on and off with a single click. You can also enable or disable the feature by the following procedures. To enable the wireless feature, do as follows:
1. Click the Access Connections wireless icon in the system tray. 2. Click Power On Wireless Radio. To disable the wireless feature, do as follows:
1. Click the Access Connections wireless icon in the system tray. 2. Click Power Off Wireless Radio. Note: To enable the wireless radio, do as follows:
1. Select Enabled for the Internal Wireless Device in the BIOS Setup Utility. 2. Select the On position of the wireless radio switch on the computer. 3. Click the Access Connections wireless icon in the system tray and select Turn Wireless Radio On. Or press Fn+F5, and then turn the feature on. Note: You can use the wireless radio switch to disable the wireless radio of all the wireless devices on your computer. file://C:\TamaTemp\Wlenab.htm\Wlenab.htm 2007/02/13 Wireless upgradeable ThinkPad models 1/1 8 Wireless upgradeable ThinkPad models Depending on the model, your ThinkPad computer might be wireless upgradeable. This means that your computer has an antenna that can support wireless LAN access when wireless LAN access points are available. Wireless devices are available from Lenovo: Finding ThinkPad options. file://C:\TamaTemp\wireread.htm\wireread.htm 2007/02/13 Using the tablet mode 1/2 Using the tablet mode In the tablet mode, you can use your ThinkPad(R) computer in a creative and intuitive way by jotting down notes and illustrations with the Tablet Digitizer Pen and then storing them digitally. To use your ThinkPad(R) computer in the tablet mode, do as follows:
1. Unlock the display latch (1) and open the computer display (2) slowly, holding the upper left and right sides of the display with both hands. Your computer is now in the notebook mode. 2. Open the display by at least 45 degrees, preferably by 90 degrees. Grasp the center of one side of the computer display with one hand while holding the keyboard bezel with the other hand; then rotate the display slowly clockwise until the back of the display is facing the keyboard. Your computer is now in the picture frame mode. Note: While rotating the display, do not press the upper edge of either side of the display. Note: In the notebook mode, you can rotate the computer display only clockwise. In the tablet mode, you can rotate it only counterclockwise. Do not force it to rotate in the wrong direction. 3. Close the computer display slowly, holding the upper left and right sides with both hands. Note: Make sure that the display is rotated at 180 degrees, so that the back of the display faces the keyboard. 4. Press the center latch down to lock the display. file://C:\TamaTemp\usetab.HTM\usetab.HTM 2006/10/16 Using the tablet mode 2/2 Note: Do not rotate, twist, or bend the center latch of the display. Your computer is now in the tablet mode. To return your ThinkPad computer to the notebook mode, do as follows:
Unlatch the display latch and open the display by at least 45 degrees, preferably by 90 degrees. Then rotate the display slowly counter-clockwise until the front of the display is facing the keyboard. Your computer is now in the notebook mode. Tips on using your computer in the tablet mode
To close the computer display, first make sure that the display either faces the keyboard or is positioned at 180 degrees to the keyboard, so that the back of the display faces the keyboard.
Do not pick up or hold the computer by the display only.
Do not hit, vibrate, or bump the computer display.
To allow free ventilation, do not place any obstacle, such as a thick-piled carpet or a soft cushion,
When you use the computer in the picture frame mode, hold the display with one hand and use in front of the fan. the Tablet Digitizer Pen.
If you hold the computer with one hand while using it in the tablet mode, do not expose it to excessive vibration, shock, or rotation.
Do not use the computer outdoors. Do not expose it to rain.
If you put your computer in a carrying case, put it into notebook mode and close the display. file://C:\TamaTemp\usetab.HTM\usetab.HTM 2006/10/16 Using the Tablet Digitizer Pen and the touch panel feature 1/3 Using the Tablet Digitizer Pen and the touch panel feature The Tablet Digitizer Pen and its accessories are shipped in a separate box within the ThinkPad(R) shipping box. You can use the pen to control your computer just as you would with a mouse or keyboard. Note: This pen is not waterproof. Take care not to soak it or dip it in water. You can store the pen in the slot on the left side of the ThinkPad computer. Press it gently into the slot until you hear a click. To remove the pen from its slot, press it gently into the slot (1) to release it; then pull it out (2). Note: The pen contains pressure sensors. Do not push the tip of the pen for an extended period of time. Do not subject the pen to shock or vibration. The Tablet Digitizer Pen consists of a tip (2), a click button (3), and an eraser tip (4). Hold the pen and point the tip at the display to move the cursor (1). To make a selection (single click), tap the display once with the pen. To double-click, tap twice without pausing. To do a right-click, tap the display once and then hold the tip of the pen on the display; the right-
click icon appears. Pressing the click button (3) is the same as a right-click. The eraser tip (4) functions like an eraser in applications that support this function. Note: You can enable or disable the pen buttons in the Tablet and Pen Settings panel of the Tablet Shortcut Menu. Note: The Digitizer Pen shipped with the ThinkPad X60 Tablet computer is for use with that computer only. Do not insert it into the pen slot of the ThinkPad X41 Tablet computer. Note: The Digitizer Pen shipped with the ThinkPad X41 Tablet computer is for use with that computer only. Do not insert it into the pen slot of the ThinkPad X60 Tablet computer. file://C:\TamaTemp\tabpen.HTM\tabpen.HTM 2006/10/16 Using the Tablet Digitizer Pen and the touch panel feature 2/3 Besides functioning as a basic selection tool, the Tablet Digitizer Pen also enables you to write text or draw on the screen, as you would with a pen on paper. Different methods of input can be chosen from the Tablet PC Input Panel on the Windows taskbar. To configure the Tablet Digitizer Pen settings, use the Tablet and Pen Settings panel of the Tablet Shortcut Menu. Replacing the Tablet Digitizer Pen tip The tip of the Tablet Digitizer Pen may wear out. Replacement tips and a tip removal tool are included in the pen box shipped with your computer. Note: Your computer is shipped with five replacement tips for the Digitizer Pen. Be sure to store the pen tips in a secure place for future use. The pen tips will not be covered under the warranty for the digitizer pen or the computer. To replace a pen tip, do as follows:
1. Grip the pen tip with the tip removal tool, and pull it out. 2. Insert a replacement pen tip fully into the Tablet Digitizer Pen. Using the touch panel Some modes have the touch panel feature. The touch panel feature makes the interaction with your ThinkPad computer even more natural, because you can use your finger instead of a pen for navigation on the go. file://C:\TamaTemp\tabpen.HTM\tabpen.HTM 2006/10/16 Using the Tablet Digitizer Pen and the touch panel feature 3/3 To make a selection (single click), tap the display once with your finger. To double-click, tap twice without pausing. To do a right-click, tap the display once and then hold your finger on the display until the right-
click icon appears. Tips on using the touch panel
The touch panel is a glass panel covered with a plastic film. For input you can use either your finger of the Tablet Digitizer Pen shipped with your computer. Do not use any pen other than the specified one, or any metallic object, because to do so might damage the touch panel or cause it to malfunction.
If you put your computer in a carrying case, put it into notebook mode and close the display. Do not carry your computer in tablet mode.
If you use both your finger and the Tablet Digitizer Pen simultaneously for input to the screen, only data entered by use of the Digitizer Pen will be processed.
If you use your finger to input to the touch panel, touch only one point at a time. If you touch several points simulatneously, the input will not be processed correctly.
With the touch panel, gradually a discrepancy may start to appear between the point you touched with your finger during the finger point, and its actual position on the screen. To avoid this, regularly correct the accuracy of the finger input by use of the touch panel Settings Utility. Cleaning the touch panel display 1. To remove fingerprints, etc., from the touch panel display, use a dry, soft, lint-free cloth. (A piece of absorbent cotton will also serve the purpose.) Do not apply solvents to the cloth. 2. Gently wipe foreign particles and dust from the touch panel with one side of the cloth. 3. Wipe smudges or fingerprints with the other side of the cloth, or with a clean cloth. 4. After using the cloth, wash it with a neutral detergent. file://C:\TamaTemp\tabpen.HTM\tabpen.HTM 2006/10/16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Users Manual | Users Manual | 3.00 MiB | September 02 2007 |
Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN User Guide With your wireless network card, you can access wireless networks, share files or printers, or even share your Internet connection. All of these features can be explored with a wireless network in your home or office. This wireless local area network (WLAN) solution is designed for both home and business use. Additional users and features can be added as your networking needs grow and change. Your Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN adapter is compatible with 802.11a, 802.11b 802.11g and 802.11n wireless standards. Operating at 5 GHz or 2.4 GHz frequency at speeds of up to 54 Mbps you can now connect your computer to existing high-speed networks that use multiple access points within large or small environments. Your wireless adapter maintains automatic data rate control according to access point location to achieve the fastest possible connection. All of your wireless network connections are easily managed by Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless software. Profiles that are set up through the Intel PROSet/Wireless software provide enhanced security measures with 802.1x network authentication. NOTE: The software is compatible with the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN, Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection and the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Table of Contents Use Intel PROSet/Wireless Software Connect to a Network Use Profiles Set up Security Troubleshooting Administrator Tool Glossary Wireless Network Overview Security Overview Specifications Customer Support Safety and Regulatory Information Warranty Adapter Registration Information in this document is subject to change without notice. 20042006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497 USA The copying or reproducing of any material in this document in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Intel Corporation is strictly forbidden. Intel(R) is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Intel disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Windows Vista is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein.
"Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and governmental regulatory agency requirements for the regions that they are designated and/or marked to ship into. Since wireless LANs are generally unlicensed devices that share spectrum with radars, satellites, and other licensed and unlicensed devices, it is sometimes necessary to dynamically detect, avoid, and limit usage to avoid interference with these devices. In many instances Intel is required to provide test data to prove regional and local compliance to regional and governmental regulations before certification or approval to use the product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage, channel scanning, and human exposure. For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties of the software provided in binary format with the wireless LAN adapters (e.g., the EEPROM and firmware). Furthermore, if you use any patches, utilities, or code with the Intel wireless LAN adapters that have been manipulated by an unauthorized party (i.e., patches, utilities, or code (including open source code modifications) which have not been validated by Intel), (i) you will be solely responsible for ensuring the regulatory compliance of the products, (ii) Intel will bear no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under the warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and (iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing support to any third parties for such modified products. Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be "modules", and accordingly, condition system-level regulatory approval upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be non-compliant."
October 2006 Back to Contents Use Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless Software Use Intel PROSet/Wireless as your Wireless Manager Start Intel PROSet/Wireless Start Intel PROSet/Wireless from the Taskbar l Taskbar Icons l Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts Intel PROSet/Wireless Main Window l Wireless Networks List l Connection Status Icons l Network Properties l Connection Details l Profiles List Intel PROSet/Wireless Menus l Tools Menu m Application Settings m Intel Wireless Troubleshooter m Administrator Tool l Advanced Menu m Adapter Settings m Advanced Statistics m Use Windows to Manage Wi-Fi l Profiles Menu m Manage Profiles m Manage Exclusions Turn Wireless Radio On or Off Install and Uninstall the Software Use Intel PROSet/Wireless as your Wireless Manager Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless is used to setup, edit and manage network profiles to connect to a network. It also includes advanced settings such as power management and channel selection for setting up ad-hoc networks. If you use Microsoft(R) Windows(R) XP Wireless Zero Configuration as your wireless manager, you can disable it from the Microsoft Windows Wireless Network tab. To disable Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration as your wireless manager:
1. Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2. Double-click Network Connections. 3. Right-click Wireless Network Connection. 4. Click Properties. 5. Click Wireless Networks. 6. Verify that the Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings is not selected. If it is, clear it. 7. Click OK. This confirms that the Intel PROSet/Wireless utility is configured to manage your network profiles. NOTE: Verify that the Application Settings option Notify when another application uses the wireless adapter is selected. This option prompts you when Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration starts to manage your network profiles. Start Intel PROSet/Wireless To start Intel PROSet/Wireless, use one of the following methods:
l Click Start Programs Intel PROSet Wireless Intel PROSet Wireless. l Right-click the Taskbar icon located in the lower right corner of your Windows Desktop to open the Taskbar menu. Click Open Intel PROSet/Wireless. l Double-click the Taskbar icon to open Intel PROSet/Wireless. To close Intel PROSet/Wireless from the main window, use one of the following:
l Select File Exit from the main window. l Click Close. l Click the Close button (X) at the top right corner of the window. Start Intel PROSet/Wireless from the Taskbar To start Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless, double-click the Taskbar icon desktop or right-click the Taskbar icon and click Open Intel PROSet/Wireless. located in the lower right corner of your Windows Taskbar Menu Options The Intel PROSet/Wireless icon displays on the Taskbar located in the lower right corner of your Windows desktop. Right-
click the status icon to display the menu options. Menu Item Open Intel PROSet/Wireless Open Wireless Zero Configuration Wireless On Wireless Off 802.11a Radio Off Open Intel Wireless Troubleshooter Connect to Profile Use Windows to manage Wi-Fi Use Intel PROSet/Wireless to manage Wi-
Fi Taskbar Icons Comments Click to start Intel PROSet/Wireless when Intel PROSet/Wireless is your wireless manager. If you select Use Windows to manage Wi-
Fi from the Taskbar menu, the menu option changes to Open Wireless Zero Configuration and Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration Service is used as your wireless manager. When you use Microsoft Windows, you cannot use your Intel profiles. If you have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed, the current state of the radio displays in the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window and on the Taskbar. Select Wireless On to turn the radio on. Select Wireless Off to turn the radio off. If your computer has an external switch installed, use it to switch the radio on or off. Refer to your computer manufacturer's documentation for more information about this switch. This option is available only for wireless adapters that support 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. Select to turn off the 802.11a radio. NOTE: This setting is unavailable unless it is set in the Administrator Tool or if your adapter is an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Opens an application that can assist you to resolve wireless network connection issues. When a connection issue is detected, a desktop alert appears at the bottom right corner of your desktop. See Intel Wireless Troubleshooter for more information. Displays the current profiles in the Profile list. Used also to connect to a profile. Toggles between the Intel PROSet/Wireless and Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration Service. When you use Microsoft Windows, you cannot use your Intel profiles. The Taskbar icon provides visual indication of the current wireless connection state. The connection status icon is located on the lower right corner of your Windows desktop. The Taskbar icon can be set to display or be hidden in the Tools Menu Application Settings. Icon Description Wireless Off: The wireless adapter is off. The wireless device does not transmit or receive while it is off. Click Wireless On to enable the adapter. The icon is white and static. Searching for wireless networks: The wireless adapter searches for any available wireless networks. The icon is white with animation. No wireless networks found: There are no available wireless networks found. Intel PROSet/Wireless periodically scans for available networks. If you want to force a scan, double-click the icon to launch Intel PROSet/
Wireless and click Refresh. The icon is red. Wireless network found: An available wireless network is found. Double-click the icon to display the Wireless Networks list. Select the network. Click Connect. The icon is yellow. Authentication failed: Unable to authenticate with wireless network. The icon is green with a yellow warning triangle. Connecting to a wireless network: Flashes while an IP address is being obtained or an error occurs. Connected to a wireless network: Connected to a wireless network. A Tool Tip displays network name, speed, signal quality and IP address. The icon is green with waves that reflect signal quality. The more waves, the better the signal quality. Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts The Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts provide feedback and interaction. To display Tool Tips, move your mouse pointer over the icon. Desktop alerts are displayed when your wireless network changes state. For example, if you are out of range of any wireless networks, a desktop alert is displayed when you come into range. Select Show Information Notifications in the Application Settings to enable desktop alerts. Tool Tips Tool tips display when the mouse pointer rolls over the icon. The tool tips display text for each of the connection states. Desktop Alerts When user action is required, a desktop alert displays. If you click the alert, then an appropriate action is taken. For example when wireless networks are found, the following alert displays:
Action: Click the desktop alert to connect to network in the Wireless Networks list. Once connected, the alert displays the wireless network that you are connected to, the speed of the connection, signal quality and IP address. Desktop alerts are also used to indicate if there is a connection problem. Click the alert to open the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Intel PROSet/Wireless Main Window The Intel PROSet/Wireless Main Window allows you to:
l View the current connection status (signal quality, speed and current network name). l Scan for available wireless networks. l Manage profiles. l Auto-connect profiles to available networks in a specific order defined in the Profile list. l Connect to Infrastructure and Device to Device (ad hoc) networks. l Configure adapter settings. l Troubleshoot wireless connection problems. Connection Status Icons The connection status icons indicate the current connection status of your wireless adapter. The connection status icon displays in the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. The Taskbar icon also indicates the current connection status. Refer to Taskbar Icons for more information. Main Window Connection Status Description The icons are used to designate connection status. Icon Description Wireless Off: The radio is not associated to a network. Click the Wireless On button to enable the radio. Indicates connection problems including authentication failures. Searching for wireless networks: The wireless adapter is scanning for any available wireless networks. Animated Icons:
No wireless networks found: The adapter does not find any available wireless networks. Wireless network found: An available wireless network is found. You can choose to connect to available networks displayed in the Wireless Networks list. Connecting to a wireless network. You are connecting to a wireless network. The crescent shaped curves switch between green and white until an IP Address is obtained or a connection error occurs. Connected to a wireless network: You are connected to a wireless network. The network name, speed, signal quality, and IP address display the current connection status. Click the Details button to display details of the current network connection. Network Name Signal Quality Name (Profile Name or SSID): The name of the network that the adapter is connected to. The Name column displays the SSID or the Profile name if a profile for the network is available. The signal quality icon bars indicate the quality of the transmit and receive signals between your wireless adapter and the nearest access point or computer in Device to Device (ad hoc) mode. The number of vertical green bars indicates the strength of the transmit and receive signals. The signal quality ranges from excellent to out of range. The following factors affect signal quality:
l Signal quality decreases with distance and is affected by metal and concrete barriers. l Metal objects can reflect signals and cause interference. l Other electrical devices can cause interference. Properties Provides adapter connection status information. See Properties Button for information. Wireless On (Off) Switch the radio off and on. Refer to Turn Wireless On or Off for more information. Help?
Close Provides help information for this page. Closes the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Wireless Networks List The Wireless Networks list displays a list of wireless networks within range of the adapter. Name Network Name Description The signal strength of the wireless network access point or computer (Device to Device [ad hoc] mode). The signal strength icon bars indicate that the wireless network or computer is available for connection but is still not is associated with an access point or computer (Device to Device [ad hoc] mode). Name (Profile Name or SSID): The name of the network that the adapter is connected to. The Name column displays the SSID or the Profile name if a profile for the network is available. If an access point does not broadcast its network name (SSID) or the wireless adapter receives a hidden network name from a stealth access point, <SSID not broadcast is displayed in the Wireless Networks list. To associate with an <SSID not broadcast network entry, a new profile must be created before connection. After connection, the <SSID not broadcast is still displayed in the Wireless Networks list. The associated SSID profile is viewed in the Profiles list. Notification that the adapter is connecting to the wireless network. Once connected, the status is changed to Connected. Profiles: Identifies a network in the Wireless Networks list that is connected and has a profile in the profiles list. The wireless network uses Network (Infrastructure) mode. The wireless network uses Device to Device (ad hoc) mode. The wireless network uses Security encryption. The band frequency being used by the wireless network (802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, or 802.11n). The wireless network is on the exclusion list or the profile is configured for manual connection. Click to connect to a wireless network. Once connected, the button changes to Disconnect. Provides detailed information about the connected network and its access points. See Network Properties for information. Refreshes the list of available networks. If any new networks are available within the adapter range, the list is updated to show the new network name. Switch the radio off and on. Refer to Turn Wireless On or Off for more information. Closes the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless main window. Provides help information for this page. Status Connect
(Disconnect) Properties Refresh Wireless On (Off) Close Help?
Network Properties Click the Properties button on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window to display the security settings for the wireless adapter. You can also add profiles to be excluded from automatic connection. If network exclusion is enabled (see Application Settings) then the Network Properties also indicates if the network is excluded from automatic connection. Network Properties details Name<
Network Name Band Description Displays the wireless network name. Current band and frequency being used. Displays Out of Range if no band and frequency is displayed. The following bands are listed:
l 802.11a l 802.11b l 802.11g Operation Mode Displays the current operating mode:
l Network (Infrastructure) A wireless network centered around an access point. In this environment, the access point not only provides communication with the wired network, but also mediates wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood. l Device to Device (ad hoc) A communication configuration in which every computer has the same capabilities, and any computer can initiate a communication session. Also known as a peer-to-peer network or a computer-to-computer network. Authentication Level Displays the current authentication security mode for the profile being used. The following network authentication levels are listed:
l Open l Shared l WPA-Enterprise l WPA2-Enterprise l WPA-Personal l WPA2-Personal Data Encryption The following Data Encryption settings are listed:
Displays the 802.11 authentication used by the currently used profile. Refer to Security Settings for more information. l None l WEP l TKIP l CKIP l AES-CCMP Access Points in this Network (0-50) Refer to Security Settings for more information. l Signal Strength: The Signal strength icon bars indicate the strength of the transmit and receive signals between your wireless adapter and the nearest access point. l Displays one of the following icons:
. Indicates the band being used (802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g or 802.11n). l Channel: Displays the current transmit and receive channel being used for a particular wireless network. l BSSID (Infrastructure operating mode): Displays the twelve-digit MAC address of the access point of the selected network. Manage Exclusions Refer to Manage Exclusions for more information. Close Help?
Closes the Network Properties. Provides help information for this page. Connection Details When you are connected to a network, click the Details button on the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless main window to display the Connection Details. Connection Details Description Name Profile Name Network Name IPv4 Address Signal Quality Description Name of the profile. Network Name (SSID) of the current connection. Internet Protocol (IP) address for the current connection. A radio frequency (RF) signal can be assessed by two components:
Signal Strength l signal strength (quantity) l signal quality The quality of the signal is determined by a combination of factors. Primarily it is composed of signal strength and the ratio of the RF noise present. RF noise occurs both naturally and artificially by electrical equipment. If the amount of the RF noise is high, or the signal strength is low, it results in a lower signal to noise ratio which causes poorer signal quality. With a low signal to noise ratio, it is difficult for the radio receiver to discern the data information contained in the signal from the noise itself. The signal strength icon bars indicate the quality of the transmit and receive signals between your wireless adapter and the access point or computer in Device to Device (ad hoc) mode. The number of vertical green bars indicates the strength of the transmit and receive signals. NOTE: The signal strength is displayed for the closest AP for networks that contains multiple APs. The signal strength ranges from excellent to out of range. The following factors affect signal strength:
l Signal quality decreases with distance and is affected by metal and concrete barriers. l Metal objects can reflect signals and cause interference. l Other electrical devices can cause interference. Adapter MAC Address Band Media Access Control (MAC) address for the wireless adapter. Indicates the wireless band of the current connection. l 802.11a l 802.11b l 802.11g Supported Data Rates Rates at which the wireless adapter can send and receive data. Displays the speed in Mbps for the frequency being used. l 802.11g: 1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, and 54 l 802.11b: 1, 2, 5.5, and 11 l 802.11a: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, and 54 Radio Frequency Displays the frequency of the current wireless connection. l 802.11a: 5.15 GHz to 5.85 GHz l 802.11b/g: 2.400 GHz to 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) Channel Number Network Authentication Displays the transmit and receive channel. Displays Open, Shared, WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-
Enterprise. Displays the 802.11 authentication used by the currently used profile. Refer to Security Overview for more information. Data Encryption 802.1x Authentication Type Displays None, WEP, TKIP or AES-CCMP. Refer to Security Overview for more information. Displays None, MD5, EAP-SIM, TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, or EAP-FAST. Refer to Security Overview for more information. 802.1x Authentication Protocol Displays None, PAP, MD5, GTC, CHAP, MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP-V2 or TLS. Refer to CCX Version Current TX Power Supported Power Levels Access Point MAC Address Mandatory Access Point Repair Close Help?
Security Overview for more information. Version of the Cisco Compatible Extensions on this wireless connection. Cisco Compatible Extensions Transmit Power Levels. 1.0, 5.0, 20.0, 31.6, 50.1 mW The Media Access Control (MAC) address for the associated access point. Displays None, if not enabled. If enabled, from the Mandatory Access Point setting, the access point MAC address is displayed. This option directs the wireless adapter to connect to an access point that uses a specific MAC address (48-bit 12 hexadecimal digits, for example, 00:06:25:0E:9D:84). Renews the IP Address. If you have trouble accessing the network, verify if the IP address is valid. If it is 0.0.0.0 or 169.x.x.x, then it is probably not valid. If your network is setup for automatic network address assignment, then click Repair and request a new IP address. Closes the page. Provides help information for this page. Profile Management On the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window, click Connect on a wireless network. Once connected, a profile is created in the Profiles list. The Profiles List displays the current user profiles in the order that they are to be applied. Use the up and down arrows to arrange profiles in a specific order to automatically connect to a wireless network. You can also add, edit, and remove profiles from the Profiles list. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Different profiles can be configured for each wireless network. Profile settings can include, the network name (SSID), operating mode, and security settings. See Profile Management for more information. Profiles List Icons Name Profile Name Description Profiles are network settings that allow your wireless adapter to connect to a network access point
(Network [Infrastructure] mode) or computer (Device to Device (ad hoc) mode) which does not use an access point. Refer to Set up Profiles for more information. Network Name Name (Profile Name or SSID): The name of the network that the adapter is connected to. The Name column displays the SSID or the Profile name if a profile for the network is available. Connection Icons: The following network profile status icons indicate the different connection states of the adapter with a wireless network, the type of operating mode being used, and whether network security is being used. Blue circle: The wireless adapter is associated with an access point or computer (ad hoc mode). If a profile has 802.1x security enabled, this indicates that the wireless adapter is associated and authenticated. Indicates Infrastructure mode. Indicates Device to Device (ad hoc) mode. The wireless network uses Security encryption. Arrows Position profiles in a preferred order for auto-connection. l Up-arrow: Move the position of a selected profile up in the Profiles list. l Down-arrow: Move the position of a selected profile down in the Profiles list. Connect Add Remove Properties If the network is in range, and the profile matches the configuration of the network, then a connection is made. Opens the Create Wireless Profile General Settings, which is used to create a new profile. Refer to Create a New Profile for more information. Removes a selected profile from the Profile list. Refer to Delete a Profile for more information. Enables you to edit the contents of an existing profile. Refer to Edit an Existing Profile for more information. Export/Import: Allows you to import and export user-based profiles to and from the Profile list. Wireless profiles can be automatically imported into the Profile list. See Import and Export Profiles for more information. Close Help?
Closes the profile management window. Provides help information for this page. Menus Use the File, Tools, Advanced, Profiles and Help menus to configure your network settings. Name File Tools Description Exit: Close the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Application Settings: Use to set system wide connection preferences. Refer to Application Settings for information. Intel Wireless Troubleshooter: Use to resolve wireless network connection problems. Refer to Intel Wireless Troubleshooter for more information. Administrator Tool: Used by administrators or the person who has administrator privileges on this computer to configure shared profiles (Pre-logon/Common, Persistent, and Voice over IP [VoIP]). The Administrator Tool can also be used by an Information Technology department to configure user settings within the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless software and to create custom install packages to export to other systems. Refer to Administrator Tool for more information. NOTE: The Administrator Tool is available only if it installed during a custom installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. Refer to Install or Uninstall the Software for more information on custom installation. Advanced Adapter Settings:Displays Adapter Settings that are equivalent to the settings in the Microsoft Windows Advanced settings. Refer to Adapter Settings for information. To access Adapter Settings from Microsoft Windows:
l Select Network Connections from the Windows Control Panel l Right-click the Wireless Network Connection. l Select Properties from the menu. l Click Configure to display the Advanced settings for the adapter. Advanced Statistics: Select to determine how the adapter communicates with an access point. Refer to Advanced Statistics for more information. Use Windows to manage Wi-Fi: Select to enable Windows XP as the wireless manager. Refer to Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration for more information. Profiles Manage Profiles: Select to create or edit profiles. Manage Exclusions: Select to exclude networks from automatic connection. Refer to Manage Exclusions for more information. Intel PROSet/Wireless Help: Starts the online help. Help About: Displays version information for the currently installed application components. Application Settings (Tools menu) The Application Settings control the behavior of the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless software. Application Settings Description Name Adapter Description Lists the network adapter that are currently available. It may be either an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, an Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection, or an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Advanced Settings: The following settings control how Intel PROSet/Wireless behaves and displays information. Taskbar Show application icon on the taskbar: Select to display the Taskbar status icon. This icon resides on the Windows Taskbar (Notification Area). This icon provides the status of your wireless connection. Clear to not display the Taskbar status icon. Notifications Auto Connect Manage Exclusions Wireless Networks List Shared Folder Notification Device to Device (ad hoc) Network Notification Network Name (SSID) Notification The Taskbar Status Icon provides several functions:
l Visual feedback for the connection state and wireless activity of your wireless network. The icon changes color and animation for different wireless activity. See Taskbar Icons for more information. l Menu: A menu is displayed when you right click the icon. From this menu you perform tasks such as turn on or off the radio or launch the Intel PROSet/Wireless application. See Taskbar Menu Options for more information. l Tool tips and desktop alerts. See:Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts for more information. Show Alert Notifications: Select to display desktop alerts next to the taskbar icon. When your action is required, a message displays. Only events of high importance trigger a desktop alert. If the desktop alert is selected, then the appropriate action is taken. Clear to not display desktop alerts. Refer to Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts for more information. Select one of the following options:
Information Notifications: These desktop alerts are of lower importance. They do not require your interaction but can greatly improve the wireless experience. l Show Information Notifications: Selected by default. All informational desktop alerts are displayed next to the taskbar status icon. These desktop alerts improve your wireless experience with notifications when available wireless networks are within range. They also inform you when a wireless connection has been made or has been lost. Refer to Tool Tips and Desktop Alerts for more information. l Show a list of available networks when not connected:
When Show Information Notifications is cleared, you can select this item. When the desktop alerts are disabled, this option allows you to continue to be notified of available networks when the wireless adapter is not connected. Notify when another application uses the wireless adapter: When selected, a message is displayed when other applications are trying to manage your wireless adapter. This is helpful if you use software provided by a hotspot location (coffee shop, airport terminal). To take advantage of the Intel PROSet/Wireless features, disable this software when you leave the hotspot. Enable TLS rejected certificates notification: Select if you want a warning issued when a PEAP-TLS certificate is rejected by the authentication server. See Enterprise Security and Set up a Client with TLS Network Authentication for more information. Connect to available network using profiles only: (Default) Connect the wireless adapter to an available network with a matching profile from the Profiles List. If no matching profile is found, you are notified
(see Notifications). The wireless device remains disconnected until a matching profile is found or you configure a new matching profile. Connect to any available network if no matching profile found:
Select to connect to a network automatically if you have not configured a profile and are at a location that has an open, unsecured wireless network. NOTE: Open networks have no security. You would need to provide your own security for this wireless connection. One way to secure an open wireless connection is with Virtual Private Networking
(VPN) software. Connect to any network based on profiles only (Cisco mode):
Select to try every profile in preferred order. This signifies that you are in the vicinity of an access point which has more than one SSID but only advertises one. Enable automatic exclude list feature: Select to enable the automatic exclude list feature. This feature provides a way to exclude access points from automatic connection. Refer to Manage Exclusions for more information. Enable manual exclude list feature: Select to enable the manual exclude list feature. This feature provides a way to exclude networks from automatic connection. Refer to Manage Exclusions for more information. Show column sort headers: Select to display the column names in the Wireless Networks list. Click a column header to sort the column in either ascending or descending order. File and printer sharing enables other computers on a network to access resources on your computer. You should be cautious when you use your wireless notebook computer with file and printer sharing enabled. Use this feature to receive notifications when you connect to a wireless network with shared folders that meet one of the following conditions:
l The Microsoft Windows firewall is disabled l File and Printer Sharing are enabled as an exception to the Microsoft Windows firewall settings. Automatically remove shared folders when connected to an unsecured network Select to hide shared folders automatically each time you connect to an open, unsecured network. Disable this notification Select to maintain your current shared folder settings each time you connect to an open, unsecured network. Notify when connected to an unsecured network Select to receive notification each time you are connected to an open, unsecured network. Receive alerts dependent on the following settings when connected to an ad hoc network. You are alerted every two minutes, with a maximum of five alerts. Notify when no peers have joined the ad hoc network Select to receive notification if no peers join the ad hoc network. Notify when all peers leave the ad hoc network Select to receive an alert when all the peers leave the ad hoc network. Network Name (SSID) alert notice Notifies you when the default network name (SSID) is used to connect to a network. Common examples of pre-defined, default network names are: wireless, WLAN, linksys, default. Connecting to an access point that has the default network name (SSID) can be a security problem. This access point usually uses all the default security and, management settings (for example, Open authentication;
default IP address, user name, or password). If this is a personal network, change the network name and security settings to improve the security of the network. OK Cancel Help?
Notify when connected to a network with the default SSID name Select to receive an alert when connected to a network with the default network name. Save settings and return to the previous page. Closes and cancels changes. Provides help information for this page. Intel Wireless Troubleshooter (Tools menu) Intel Wireless Troubleshooter is an application that can help you resolve wireless network connection issues. When a connection issue is detected, a desktop alert appears at the bottom right corner of your desktop. Once you click the desktop alert, a diagnostic message displays the recommended steps to resolve the connection problem. For example, if a connection problem occurred because of an invalid password, the Profile manager application is launched when you click a displayed hyperlink. You can also launch Wireless Event Viewer and enable or disable alert notifications. The Intel Wireless Troubleshooter is supported under Windows XP and Windows 2000 The Intel Wireless Troubleshooter page contains two panes. Use your left mouse button on the left pane to display a list of available tools. The right pane displays the current connection issue in a section. Each section has two parts: the error message and the recommended action. The recommended action contains descriptions about available utilities and helps to resolve the associated connection issue. If you click a help link, the help text is displayed in a window. If you click the associated issue resolution link, a program is launched to resolve the connection issue. Refer to the Troubleshooting section for information on resolving errors. Name Menu Options File Wireless Event Viewer: Launches Wireless Event Viewer. Description Disable Notification/Enable Notification: Select to disable or enable alert notifications. Exit: Click to exit the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter application. View Displays or removes the History data on the right panel of the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Tools Manual Diagnostics Tool: Run diagnostic test to verify the functionality of your wireless adapter. Refer to Manual Diagnostics Tool for more information. Help Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter Help: Displays online help for the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. About: Displays version information for the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Available Help Date Time error message:
l Description of error. l Link to resolve error (if available). See Resolve Errors below. l Link to recommended steps to resolve error. History Maintains a list of the last five alerts. The alerts are listed chronologically, with the most recent alert at the top of the list. Administrator Tool (Tools menu) The Administrator tool is for administrators or the person who has administrator privileges on this computer. This tool allows the administrator to restrict what level of control the users of this computer have over their wireless connections. This tool is used also to configure common (shared) profiles. Users cannot modify Administrator settings or profiles unless they have the password for this tool. A password should be chosen that is secure and not easily guessed. You can export these settings and profiles as one package to other computers on your network. For more information, refer to the Administrator Tool section. Name Application Settings Description An administrator can select which level of control that users have over their wireless network connections. Refer to Administrator Tool Application Settings. Administrator Profiles Enable or disable Persistent or Pre-logon/Common profiles and configure Voice over IP
(VoIP) settings on the computer. Refer to Administrator Tool Profiles. Adapter Settings An administrator can select which level of control that users have over their wireless network connections. Refer to Administrator Tool Adapter Settings. Software Select which of the Intel PROSet/Wireless applications are installed on a user's computers. Refer to Administrator Tool Software. EAP-FAST A-ID Groups An administrator can select which Authority Identifier (A-ID) radius server to provision Protected Access Credentials (PACs) for profiles that use EAP-FAST authentication. A-ID groups are shared by all users of the computer and allow EAP-FAST profiles to support multiple PACs from multiple A-IDs. Refer to Administrator Tool EAP-FAST A-ID Groups. Administrator Packages Change Password Close Help?
The Administrator Packages are used to save administrative profiles and other settings. You can copy or send this self-extracting executable to clients on your network. When it is run, the contents are installed and configured on the destination computer. Refer to Administrator Tool Packages. Change the password for the Administrator Tool. See Change Password for more information. Closes the page. Provides help information for this page. Adapter Settings (Advanced menu) The Adapter Settings displays the device properties for the wireless adapter installed on your computer. It may be one of the following network connection adapters:
l Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN l Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ l Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection l Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection l Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection l Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Adapter Settings Description Name Description 802.11n Channel Width Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20Mhz. Auto is the default setting. Use 20MHz if 802.11n channels are restricted. 802.11n Mode Ad Hoc Channel NOTE: This setting is available only if the adapter is an Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_. The 802.11n standard builds upon previous 802.11x standards by adding multiple-
input multiple-output (MIMO). MIMO increases data throughput to improve transfer rate. Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11n mode of the adapter. Enabled is the default setting. An administrator can enable or disable support for high throughput mode to reduce power-consumption or conflicts with other bands or compatibility issues. NOTE: This setting is available only if the adapter is an Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_. Unless the other computers in the ad hoc network use a different channel from the default channel, there is no need to change the channel. Value: Select the allowed operating channel from the list. l 802.11b/g: Select this option when 802.11b and 802.11g (2.4 GHz) ad hoc l 802.11a: Select this option when 802.11a (5 GHz) ad hoc band frequency is band frequency is used. used. Ad Hoc Power Management Set power saving features for Device to Device (ad hoc) networks. NOTE: When an 802.11a channel is not displayed, ad hoc networks are not supported for the channel. l Disable: Select when connecting to ad hoc networks that contain stations that do not support ad hoc power management. l Maximum Power Savings: Select to optimize battery life. l Noisy Environment: Select to optimize performance or connecting with multiple clients. Ad Hoc QoS Mode NOTE: This setting is unavailable if the adapter is an Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection, or an Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Quality of Service (QoS) control in ad hoc networks. QoS provides prioritization of traffic from the access point over a wireless LAN based on traffic classification. WMM
(Wi-Fi MultiMedia) is the QoS certification of the Wi-Fi Alliance (WFA). When WMM is enabled, the adapter uses WMM to support priority tagging and queuing capabilities for Wi-Fi networks. l WMM Enabled.(Default) l WMM Disabled Mixed mode protection Power Management NOTE: This setting is unavailable if the adapter is an Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection or an Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Use to avoid data collisions in a mixed 802.11b and 802.11g environment. Request to Send/Clear to Send (RTS/CTS) should be used in an environment where clients may not hear each other. CTS-to-self can be used to gain more throughput in an environment where clients are in close proximity and can hear each other. Allows you to select a balance between power consumption and adapter performance. The wireless adapter power settings slider sets a balance between the computer's power source and the battery. l Use default value: (Default) Power settings are based on the computer's power source. l Manual: Adjust the slider for the desired setting. Use the lowest setting for maximum battery life. Use the highest setting for maximum performance. Preamble Mode NOTE: Power consumption savings vary based on infrastructure settings. Changes the preamble length setting received by the access point during an initial connection. Always use a long preamble length to connect to an access point. Auto Tx Preamble allows automatic preamble detection. If supported, short preamble should be used. If not, use long preamble (Long Tx Preamble). Preferred Band NOTE: This setting is unavailable if the adapter is an Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection. Select the operating band. The selections are:
style="LIST-STYLE-TYPE: disc" type=disc l 802.11g l 802.11a l 802.11b Roaming Aggressiveness NOTE: This setting is unavailable if the adapter is an Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection or Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. This setting allows you to define how aggressively your wireless client roams to improve connection to an access point. l Default: Balanced setting between not roaming and performance. l Lowest: Your wireless client will not roam. Only significant link quality degradation causes it to roam to another access point. l Highest: Your wireless client continuously tracks the link quality. If any degradation occurs, it tries to find and roam to a better access point. Throughput Enhancement Changes the value of the Packet Burst Control. l Enable: Select to enable throughput enhancement. l Disable: (Default) Select to disable throughput enhancement. Transmit Power Default Setting: Highest power setting Lowest Minimum Coverage: Set the adapter to a lowest transmit power. Enable you to expand the number of coverage areas or confine a coverage area. Reduce the coverage area in high traffic areas to improve overall transmission quality and avoid congestion and interference with other devices. Highest Maximum Coverage: Set the adapter to a maximum transmit power level. Select for maximum performance and range in environments with limited additional radio devices. NOTE:T he optimal setting is for a user to always set the transmit power at the lowest possible level still compatible with the quality of their communication. This allows the maximum number of wireless devices to operate in dense areas and reduce interference with other devices that this radio shares radio spectrum with. Wireless Mode NOTE: This setting takes effect when either Infrastructure or ad hoc mode is used. Select which band to use for connection to a wireless network:
l 802.11a only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11a networks only. l 802.11b only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11b networks only. l 802.11g only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11g networks only. l 802.11a and 802.11g: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11a and 802.11g l 802.11b and 802.11g: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11b and 802.11g networks only. networks only. l 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g: (Default) - Connect to either 802.11a, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless networks. NOTE: These wireless modes (Modulation type) determine the discovered access points displayed in the Wireless Networks list. OK Cancel NOTE: This setting is not applicable for a Windows Vista(TM) client. Saves settings and returns to the previous page. Closes and cancels any changes. Advanced Statistics (Advanced menu) The Advanced Statistics provides current adapter connection information. Advanced Statistics Description Name Statistics Description Advanced Statistics: This information pertains to how the adapter communicates with an access point. Association: If the adapter finds an access point to communicate with, the value is within range. Otherwise, the value is out of range. style="margin-left: 80px;"
l AP MAC Address: The twelve digit MAC address (00:40:96:31:1C:05) of the AP. the adapter. adapter. l Number of associations: The number of times the access point has found l AP count: The number of available access points within range of the wireless l Number of full scans: The number of times the adapter has scanned all channels for receiving information. l Number of partial scans: The number of scans that have been terminated. Roaming: This information contains counters that are related to reasons for the adapter roaming. Roaming occurs when an adapter communicates with one access point and then communicates with another for better signal strength. style="margin-left: 80px;"
l Roaming Count: The number of times that roaming occurred. l AP did not transmit: The adapter did not receive radio transmission from the access point. You may need to reset the access point. l Poor beacon quality: The signal quality is too low to sustain communication with the access point. Either you have moved the adapter outside the coverage area of the access point or the access point's device address information has been changed. l AP load balancing: The access point ended its association with the adapter based on the access point's inability to maintain communication with all its associated adapters. Too many adapters are trying to communicate with one access point. l AP RSSI too low: The Receive Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) is too low to maintain an association with the adapter. You may have moved outside the coverage area of the access point or the access point could have increased its data rate. l Poor channel quality: The quality of the channel is low and caused the adapter to look for another access point. l AP dropped mobile unit: The access point dropped a computer from the list of recognizable mobile devices. The computer must re-associate with an access point. Miscellaneous: Use this information to determine if an association with a different access point increases performance and helps maintain the highest possible data rate. style="margin-left: 80px;"
l Received Beacons: Number of beacons received by the adapter. l Percent missed Beacons: Percent value for missed beacons. l Percent transmit errors: The percentage of data transmissions that had errors. l Signal Strength: Signal strength of the access point that the adapter communicates with displayed in decibels (dBm). Transmit/Receive (Tx/Rx) Statistics Displays percent values for non-directed and directed packets. Total host packets: The sum total number of directed and non-directed packets counts. m Transmit - (Mbps) m Receive - (Mbps) Non-directed packets: The number of received packets broadcast to the wireless network. Directed packets: The number of received packets sent specifically to the wireless adapter. Logging Total Bytes: The total number of bytes for packets received and sent by the wireless adapter. Set the duration that you want to record statistical data for your wireless adapter. Configure logging settings: Click Settings to set how frequently you want to log the statistics. You can set the number of seconds and how many hours you want the statistics to be logged. To change the storage location of the log file. 1. Click Browse to specify a new log file location. The current path is displayed. The default location is in the Intel PROSet/Wireless Program Files directory. 2. Click Open to close and apply the new file path. 3. Click Close to exit Advanced Statistics. Reset Stats Close Help?
Resets the adapter statistical counters back to zero and begins taking new data measurements. Closes and returns to the main window. Provides help information for this page. Use Windows to Manage Wi-Fi (Advanced menu) The Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration feature provides a built-in wireless configuration utility. This feature can be enabled and disabled within Intel PROSet/Wireless. Click Use Windows to manage Wi-Fi on the Advanced menu or the Taskbar menu. If Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration is enabled, the features in Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless are disabled. Exclude List Management (Profiles menu) Exclude List Management is available when you either select Manage Exclusions from the Profiles menu or click the Properties button on the Wireless Networks list. NOTE: If an administrator has designated a network for exclusion, only an administrator within the Administrator Tool may remove the network from the Exclude List. IMPORTANT: You are not automatically connected to a network or an access point that is in this list. Use Exclude List Management to exclude entire wireless networks (SSID). Name Exclude List Management Description l Network Name: Name (SSID) of the wireless network. l Radio: Displays the band if there is a DHCP error. l MAC Address: The Ethernet MAC address of the device. l Reason: Explains why this entry was excluded from automatic connection. l Details: Provides specific information on how the access point was excluded and how to remove it from exclusion. This network has been excluded from automatic connection for the following reasons.
-User has excluded this network manually. To make this network (or access points) eligible for automatic connection again, select it and click the Remove button. Note:
- The Reset button removes all entries except rogue access points from the list.
- Rogue access points are removed from the list when a connection is made to this access point using valid credentials.
- All excluded access points in a network (other than rogue) are removed from the list when a profile for that network is applied manually Add NOTE: Entries that are dimmed are excluded rouge access points. A rogue access point is any access point unsanctioned by network administrators. These entries cannot be removed from the list. Click the Add button to enter the network name (SSID) that you want to add to the Exclude List. 1. Network Name: Enter the network name. 2. Click OK. Remove Remove an entry from the list. 1. Select the entry from the list. 2. Click Remove. 3. You are asked: Do you want to remove the selected item from the Exclude List?
4. Click Yes to remove the network from the list. Reset list Close Help?
Removes all of the networks and access points from the Exclude List. Closes page and saves settings. Provides help information for this page. Turn Wireless Radio On or Off To switch the wireless radio on or off, use one of the following:
l The optional hardware radio switch on your computer l Intel PROSet/Wireless software l Microsoft Windows NOTE: When your computer is switched on, the radio is constantly transmitting signals. In certain situations, as in an airplane, signals from the radio may cause interference. Use the following methods if you need to disable the radio and use your notebook without emitting radio signals. Use the Optional Computer Radio On or Off Switch If your computer has an external switch installed, use it to switch the radio on or off. Refer to the computer manufacturer for more information about this switch. If you have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed, the current state of the radio displays in the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window and on the Taskbar. Use Intel PROSet/Wireless to Switch the Radio On or Off From Intel PROSet/Wireless, the radio can be switched on or off. The status icon on Intel PROSet/Wireless displays the current state of the radio. From the Intel PROSet/Wireless main Window, click Wireless On or Wireless Off to toggle the radio on or off. Switch the Radio On or Off from the Taskbar Icon To switch the radio on or off, click the Taskbar icon and select Wireless On or Wireless Off. How to use the Device Manager to Disable the Radio The radio can be disabled (made non-functional) from the Microsoft Windows Device Manager. NOTE: If you disabled the radio from Microsoft Windows, then you must use Microsoft Windows to turn the radio on. You cannot use a hardware switch or Intel PROSet/Wireless to enable the radio again. Windows XP style="list-style: decimal;" type=1 1. From your desktop, right-click My Computer 2. Click Properties. 3. Click Hardware. 4. Click Device Manager. 5. Double-click Network adapters. 6. Right-click the installed wireless adapter. 7. Choose Disable from the menu. 8. Click OK. Install and Uninstall the Software A Typical install includes the Wireless LAN adapter driver, the Intel PROSet/Wireless software and the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. NOTE: If you plan to use Novell(R) Client(TM) for Windows, it should be installed prior to installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. If Intel PROSet/Wireless is already installed, you should remove it prior to installation of Novell Client for Windows. The follow features are installed during a Custom installation:
l Administrator Toolkit l WMI Support l Single Sign On Pre-logon/Common Connect to establish a wireless connection prior to user logon to Windows To install these features, select Custom during installation. Follow the instructions below to install these features. If Intel PROSet/Wireless is already installed, see the post-installation instructions. NOTE: If you plan to use Novell(R) Client(TM) for Windows, it should be installed prior to installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. If Intel PROSet/Wireless is already installed, you should remove it prior to installation of Novell Client for Windows. To install the software:
1. Insert the Installation CD in your CD drive. 2. Click Install Software on the Intel PROSet/Wireless Installer screen. 3. Read the license agreement. 4. Select I accept the terms in the license agreement. 5. Click Next. 6. Click Custom. 7. Select from the list of features to install:
WMI Support: Windows Management Instrumentation functionality allows administrators who do not have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed to manage remotely clients that do have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed. l Install: Click WMI Support. Select Install this feature and all subfeatures. Proceed to step 8. l Not install: Click This feature will not be available. A red X displays indicates that it is not installed. Administrator Toolkit: Installs the Administrator Tool to the Tools menu. This tool is used to configure common (shared) profiles. The Administrator Tool is also used by an Information Technology department to enable or disable features within the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. l Install: Click Administrator Toolkit. Select Install this feature and all subfeatures. Click Next l Not Install: Select This feature will not be available. A red X next to the option indicates that it and proceed to step 8. is not installed. Single Sign On: Installs the Single Sign On Pre-Login Connect feature.This tool is used to configure common (shared) profiles with the Administrator Tool. The Fast User Switching and the Windows XP Welcome Screen are disabled when Single Sign On support is installed. Single Sign On is targeted to the enterprise environment where users log on to their computer with a user name, password, and typically a domain. Fast User Switching does not support domain log on. NOTE: Windows Fast User Switching is enabled by default if you use Windows XP Home Edition. It is targeted for the home user. Fast User Switching is also available on Windows XP Professional if you install it on a stand-alone or workgroup-connected computer. If a computer running Windows XP Professional is added to a domain, then Fast User Switching option is not available. Pre-logon/Common Connect: A Pre-logon/Common profile is active once a user logs onto the computer. l Install: Click Pre-logon/Common Connect. Select Install this feature and all subfeatures. l Not Install: Select This feature will not be available. A red X displays indicates that it is not to Click Next and proceed to step 8. installed. 8. Click Install. The installed components are listed after the software is installed on your computer. 9. Click OK. NOTE: When Pre-logon/Common Connect is installed, you are asked to reboot after installation of the software. Add Post-Installation Features If Intel PROSet/Wireless is already installed, follow the instructions below to add the Administrator Tool and Pre-logon/
Common Connect:
1. Click Start Control Panel Add or Remove Programs Intel PROSet/Wireless Software. 2. Click Change/Remove. 3. Click Modify. 4. Click Next. 5. Click the red X next to any of the features that are not currently installed. Administrator Toolkit. 6. Click Install this feature and any selected subfeatures. 7. Click Modify. After installation, the feature is listed as Installed on the Intel PROSet/Wireless Installer feature list. 8. Click OK. Uninstall Intel PROSet/Wireless To uninstall Intel PROSet/Wireless:
1. Click Start Settings Control Panel Add or Remove Programs. 2. Click Intel PROSet/Wireless Software. 3. Click Change/Remove. 4. Click Remove. 5. Click Next. 6. When prompted, determine what you would like to do with your current profiles and settings:
You have chosen to completely remove the Intel PROSet/Wireless Software. Select what to do with your current profiles and settings:
l Do not save my profiles and settings. Select to completely remove all of your current profiles and settings. If you reinstall the software, the profiles and settings are no longer available. l Save my profiles and settings in the current format (Intel PROSet/Wireless 10.x). Select to save your current profiles and settings. If you reinstall the software, your current profiles and settings are available. l Convert and save my profiles and settings in Intel PROSet/Wireless 9.x format. If you need to revert to a previous version of Intel PROSet/Wireless software, select to save your settings. After you have reinstalled the software, your current profiles and settings are available. NOTE: Only settings applicable to the prior version of the software are available. 7. Make a selection and click OK. 8. After the software is removed, click Yes to restart your computer. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Connect to a Network Connect to a Wireless Network First Time Connection Other Wireless Managers Connect to a Wireless Network You can connect to a wireless network with one of the following methods. l Automatic Connection: If an existing profile matches an available network, you are automatically connected to that wireless network. l Configure a new profile: Select a wireless network from the list of wireless networks in the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Click Connect. If you successfully connect, a profile is created in the Profiles list for future use. l Connect to a profile in the Profiles list: You can select a profile from the Profiles list. To activate it, click Connect. This allows you to connect to a network that is lower in the list (if it is available). l Right-click the Taskbar icon located in the lower right corner of your Windows Desktop. Right-click Connect to Profiles. A list of previously configured profiles is listed. Select a profile. First Time Connection Intel PROSet/Wireless automatically detects wireless networks that are within range of your wireless adapter. When a network is found, a desktop alert notification displays:
Wireless networks found. See Taskbar Icons for more information. 1. Double-click the desktop alert to open the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Select a network from the wireless networks list. 3. Click Connect. If the network does not require security authentication, a desktop alert notifies you that you are connected to the network. Refer to Intel PROSet/
Wireless Main Window and Taskbar for more information about the taskbar menu and icons. If you need to add security authentication:
1. The Create Wireless Profile General Settings opens and guides you through the configuration process. 2. Specify a Profile Name. The Profile Name is your name for this network. It can be anything that helps you identify this network. For example, My Home Network, Coffee Shop on A Street. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Contains the network identifier name. 4. Click Next. The Security Settings attempts to detect the network settings of this network. m If a pre-shared key (PSK) or WEP password are required, you are prompted to enter this information prior to connection. Click Advanced to change or edit the PSK or other security settings. For information on key and passwords, see Network Keys. m If you need to add security settings, click Next to add the required security settings. Refer to Security Overview for more information. 5. Click OK to connect to the wireless network. If you ignore the Wireless networks found desktop alert, Intel PROSet/Wireless displays a message that prompts: Do you want to connect to a wireless network?
Click Yes. The Intel PROSet/Wireless main window opens. Follow the instructions above to connect to a wireless network. In addition to the Taskbar icon, Intel PROSet/Wireless also displays connection status and available networks. Refer to Intel PROSet/Wireless Main Window for more information. Other Wireless Managers If the Intel PROSet/Wireless detects another software application trying to communicate with the wireless device, you are notified of this behavior. Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration To switch from Intel PROSet/Wireless to the Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration, use either of the following methods:
l From the Taskbar Menu:
Click Use Windows to manage Wi-Fi to switch to Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration. Select this option to disable Intel PROSet/Wireless as your current wireless manager. You can then configure Windows XP as your wireless manager. NOTE: Any wireless profiles created in Intel PROSet/Wireless are not visible in Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration. If you want to use your Intel wireless profiles you need to select Use Intel PROSet/
Wireless to manage Wi-Fi from the Taskbar menu. From Intel PROSet/Wireless:
From the Advanced menu, click Use Windows to manage Wi-Fi in the Intel PROSet/
Wireless application. When you are finished using the Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration, you can switch back to Intel PROSet/Wireless. Click Enable Intel PROSet/Wireless on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window or click Use Intel PROSet/Wireless to manage Wi-Fi from the Taskbar menu. Third Party Wireless Software If you use software provided by a hotspot location (coffee shop, airport terminal), Intel PROSet/Wireless notifies you and then disables itself. It cannot manage the wireless device when another wireless manager communicates with the wireless device. To take advantage of the Intel PROSet/Wireless features, you want to disable or remove this software when you leave the hotspot. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Profile Management What is a Profile?
Profiles List Profiles List icons Connect to a Profile Create a New Profile Edit an Existing Profile Remove a Profile Set a Profile Password Export and Import Profiles What is a Profile?
A profile is a saved group of network settings. Profiles are displayed in the Profile List. Profiles are useful when moving from one wireless network to another. Different profiles can be configured for each wireless network. Profile settings include the network name (SSID), operating mode, and security settings. A profile is created when you connect to a wireless network. 1. Select a network from the Wireless Networks list. 2. Click Connect. 3. If the wireless network requires a WEP password or encryption key, you are prompted to enter this information prior to connection. To change the security options, click Advanced to open the Create Wireless Profile Security Settings. 4. Click OK to connect. A profile is created and added to the Profiles list. The Create Wireless Profile manager guides you through the settings required to connect with the wireless network. At completion, the profile is saved and added to the Profiles list. Since these wireless settings are saved, the next time you are within range of this wireless network you are automatically connected. Profiles List The profile list displays a list of existing profiles. When you come within range of a wireless network, Intel PROSet/Wireless scans the Profile List to see if there is a match. If a match is found, you are automatically connected to the network. Profile List Priority Arrows Use the up-arrowto move the position of a selected profile up in the profiles list. l Use the down-arrow to move the position of a selected profile down in the profiles list. Profiles List Icons The network profile status icons indicate whether the adapter is associated with a network, the type of operating mode being used, and whether security encryption is enabled. These icons display next to the profile name in the profile list. Name Profile Name Description The Profile Name is your name for this network. It can be anything that helps you identify this network. For example, My Home Network, Coffee Shop on A Street. Name of the wireless network (SSID) or computer. Network Name Connection Icons - The network profile status icons indicate the different connection states of the adapter with a wireless network, the type of operating mode being used, and if network security is being used. Blue circle: The wireless adapter is associated with an access point or computer (ad hoc mode). If a profile has 802.1x security enabled, this indicates that the wireless adapter is associated and authenticated. Indicates Network (Infrastructure) mode. Indicates Device to Device (ad hoc) mode. Indicates an Administrator profile. The wireless network uses Security encryption. Arrows Use the arrows to position profiles in a preferred order for auto-connection. l Up-arrow: Move the position of a selected profile up in the Profiles l Down-arrow: Move the position of a selected profile down in the list. Profiles list. Connect Add Remove Properties Connect the selected profile for the wireless network. Opens the Create Wireless Profile General Settings, which is used to create a new profile. Refer to Create a New Profile for more information. Remove a selected profile from the Profile List. Refer to Remove a Profile for more information. Used to edit the contents of an existing profile. You can also double-click a profile in the Profiles list to edit the profile. Refer to Edit an Existing Profile for more information. Export/Import: Imports and exports user-based profiles to and from the Profiles list. Wireless profiles can be automatically imported into the Profiles list. See Import and Export Profiles for more information. Close Help?
Closes the profile management window. Provides help information for this page. Connect to a Profile When you are in range of a wireless network that has a matching profile you are automatically connected to that network. If a network with a lower priority profile is also in range you can force the connection to that lower profile. This is achieved from Intel PROSet/Wireless or from the Taskbar icon. Manually connect to a profile from Intel PROSet/Wireless:
1. Double-click the Taskbar icon to open the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Click Profiles to open the Profiles list. 3. Select the profile from the Profile list. 4. Click Connect. Remember that the connection is only made if the wireless network is in range. Manually connect to a profile from the Taskbar:
1. Right-click the Intel PROSet/Wireless connection Taskbar icon. 2. Click Connect to Profile. 3. Select a profile. 4. Click to start the connection. Create a New Profile Select a network from the Wireless Networks list. Click Connect. The Create Wireless Profile manager guides you through the necessary steps to create a profile and connect to the network. During this process, the Create Wireless Profile Security Settings attempts to detect the appropriate security settings for you. To create a new profile and connect to a wireless network:
1. From the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window, click Profiles. 2. On the Profiles list, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the wireless network name. 5. Select the Operating Mode: Network (Infrastructure) or Device to Device (ad hoc). General Settings Description Name Profile Name Description Name of the wireless network profile. When you configure a wireless network that was selected from the Wireless Networks list, the profile name is the same as the Wireless Network Name (SSID). This name can be changed to be more descriptive or customized for your personal use. Wireless Network Name (SSID) Examples: My Office Network, Bobs Home Network, ABC Company Network Name of the wireless network access point used by the wireless adapter for connection. The network name must match exactly the name of the wireless access point. It is case sensitive. When you configure a wireless network that was selected from the Wireless Networks list, the network name is taken from the wireless network list. You cannot and should not change it. If an access point does not broadcast its network name (SSID) or the wireless adapter receives a hidden network name from a stealth access point, <SSID not broadcast is displayed in the Wireless Networks list. To associate with an <SSID not broadcast network entry, a new profile must be created before connection. After connection, the
<SSID not broadcast is still displayed in the Wireless Networks list. The associated SSID profile is viewed in the Profiles list. Network (Infrastructure): Connect to an access point. An Network (Infrastructure) network consists of one or more access points and one or more computers with wireless adapters. This connection is the type used in home networks, corporate networks, hotels, and other areas that provide access to the network and/or the internet. NOTE: Only Network (Infrastructure) is available for administrator profiles (Pre-
logon/Common, Persistent and VoIP profiles). Refer to the Administrator Tool for more information. Device to Device (ad hoc): Connect directly to other computers in an ad hoc wireless network. This type of connection is useful for connections between two or more computers only. It does not provide access to network resources or the internet. Click Advanced to access the Advanced Settings. Use the Advanced Settings to set Maintain Connection, User Name Format, Auto Connect or Auto Import options, launch an application (Start Application), set a profile password (Password Protection) or specify a certain access point address for adapter connection (Mandatory Access Point). Proceeds to the Security Settings page. Finishes creation of the new profile with the current settings. Closes the Create Wireless Profile manager and cancel any changes. Provides help information for this page. Operating Mode Advanced Next OK Cancel Help?
6. Click Advanced for the following options:
type="disc"
l Auto Connect: Select to automatically or manually connect to a profile. m Auto Import: Network administrator can export a profile on another computer. m Mandatory Access Point: Select to associate the wireless adapter with a specific access point. m Password Protection: Select to password protect a profile. l Start Application: Specify a program to be started when a wireless connection is made. m Maintain Connection: Select to remain connected to a user profile after log off. Advanced Settings Description Use to password protect a profile and select a specific access point on a network to connect to. Click the Advanced button on the General Settings page to access this page. Name Auto Connect Description Automatic (Default): Select to have Intel PROSet/Wireless connect automatically to this profile when it is in range. Auto Import Mandatory Access Point Password Protection Start Application On Demand: Select to prevent automatic connection of a profile when the network is in range. For example, if there is a cost for a wireless connection and you did not want to connect automatically when in range. To connect to the network:
1. Select the network from the Wireless Networks list. 2. Click Connect. Allows a network administrator to easily move the selected profile to other computers. When the exported file is placed in the Wireless
\AutoImport directory on another computer, Intel PROSet/Wireless automatically imports the profile. NOTE: Auto Import is unavailable in the Advanced Settings when Administrator Profiles are configured. Forces the wireless adapter to connect to an access point that uses a specific MAC address. Type the MAC address of the access point (BSSID);
48-bit 12 hexadecimal digits. For example, 00:06:25:0E:9D:84. This feature is not available when ad hoc operating mode is used. Clear: Clear current address. 1. Password protect this profile (maximum 10 characters):
Select to enable a password for the profile. The default setting is cleared for no profile password. 2. Password: Enter a password. The entered password characters display as asterisks. 3. Confirm New Password: Reenter the password. NOTE: If the administrator or you do not know the password, there is no process available to reset the password. NOTE: Unavailable for Administrator Profiles. Automatically starts a batch file, executable file, or script whenever you connect to the profile. For example, start a Virtual Private Network (VPN) session automatically whenever you connect to a wireless network. 1. Click Enable Start Application. 2. Enter the name of the program that you want to start or click Browse to locate the file on your hard disk. C:\Program Files
\myprogram\myVPNfile.exe. 3. Click OK to close the Advanced Settings. Maintain Connection NOTE: Unavailable for Administrator Profiles. The Maintain Connection option maintains the wireless connection with a user profile after log off. If the Maintain Connection option is selected and a persistent profile exists, the persistent profile will not be applied at logoff. It will be applied only if the connection with this profile is lost. NOTE: This option may be used with Nortel VPN client when it is configured to Logoff on Connect. Close and save the settings. Close and cancel any changes. Help information for this page. OK Cancel Help?
7. From the General Settings, click Next to open the Security Settings. 8. Select either Personal or Enterprise Security to select the Network Authentication and Data Encryption options. Enter the encryption key settings and configure the 802.1x settings as required. 9. Click OK when you have completed the profile settings. To change or verify the profile settings, click Back. 10. If you are not currently connected to a network, Intel PROSet/Wireless detects that a new profile has been added and automatically attempts to connect to this new profile. 11. If you want to manually connect to this profile, click Connect. The connection icon displays the current connection status. The network name, transmit and receive speeds, and signal quality are also displayed. Edit an Existing Profile To edit an existing profile:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Select the profile to edit in the Profiles list. 3. Click Properties to open the Wireless Profile Properties General Settings. 4. Click Next and Back to navigate through the Wireless Profile Properties' General and Security Settings:
m General Settings. Refer to General Settings for more information. m Security Settings. Refer to Security Settings for more information. 5. Click OK to save the current settings and exit. Click Cancel to exit without saving changes. Remove a Profile To remove a profile:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Select the profile from the list. 3. Click Remove. You are notified that Selected profiles will be permanently removed. Do you want to continue?
4. Click Yes. The profile is removed from the Profiles list. If you are still connected to the network:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Select the profile from the list. 3. Click Remove. You are notified that Selected profiles will be permanently removed. Do you 4. Click Yes. You are notified that <profile name is active and will be permanently removed. Do want to continue?
you want to continue?
5. Click Yes. The profile is removed from the Profiles list. NOTE: If the profile is protected by a password, you cannot remove or edit the profile settings without entering the password. If the administrator or you do not know the password, there is no process available to reset the password. Set a Profile Password To password protect an existing profile:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. Select the profile from the list. 3. Click Properties to open the Wireless Profile Properties' General Settings. 4. Click Advanced to open the Advanced Settings. 5. Click Password Protection to open the Password Protection settings. 6. Click Password protect this profile (maximum 10 characters) 7. Password: Type the password. 8. Confirm Password: Reenter the password. 9. Click OK to save the setting and return to the General Settings page. 10. Click OK to return to the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Export or Import Profiles Allows you to export and import user-based profiles to and from the Profiles list. Wireless profiles can be automatically imported into the Profiles list. NOTE: To export Administrator profiles, refer to Administrator Packages for more information. Export Profiles from the Profiles List 1. Select individual or multiple profiles from the list. 2. Select Export to export one or more profiles from the Profiles list. 3. Select the destination folder. Click Browse to search your hard disk for the destination directory. The C:\ drive is the default directory. 4. Click OK to export the selected profile. You are notified: Successfully exported selected profiles to the destination folder: C:\. To select multiple profiles:
1. Use your mouse to highlight a profile. 2. Press Ctrl. 3. Click each profile that you want selected. Follow the instructions from Step 2 above to export multiple profiles. Import Profiles into the Profiles List To import profiles manually:
1. Click Import on the Profiles list. 2. Select the profile files to import. 3. Click Import. 4. You are notified that the profile has been successfully imported. An administrator can set profiles to be imported automatically into the Profiles list. Intel PROSet/Wireless monitors the import folder on your hard disk for new profile files. Only profiles that have been enabled through Enable Auto-Import in the Advanced Settings are automatically imported. If a profile of the same name already exists in the Profiles List, you are notified to either reject the imported profile or accept it. If accepted, the existing profile is replaced. All imported user-based profiles are placed at the bottom of the Profiles List. Password Protected Profiles Import and export password-protected user-based profiles automatically to remote systems. If a profile is password protected, the assigned password must be entered before it can be edited. Refer to Set a Profile Password for more information. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Set Up Profile Security Use Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless Software Personal Security Personal Security Settings Set up Data Encryption and Authentication l Set up a Client with Open Authentication and No Data Encryption (None) l Set up a Client with WEP 64-bit or WEP 128-bit Data Encryption l Set up a Client with WPA-Personal (TKIP) or WPA2-Personal (TKIP) Security Settings l Set up a Client with WPA-Personal (AES-CCMP) or WPA2-Personal (AES-CCMP) Security Settings Enterprise Security Enterprise Security Settings l Configure Profiles for Infrastructure Networks Network Authentication l Set up a Client with Shared Network Authentication l Set up a Client with WPA-Personal or WPA2 Personal Network Authentication l Set up a Client with WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise Network Authentication 802.1x Authentication Types l Set up a Client with WEP Data Encryption and EAP-SIM Network Authentication l Set up a Client with TLS Network Authentication l Set up a Client with TTLS Network Authentication l Set up a Client with PEAP Network Authentication l Set up a Client with LEAP Network Authentication l Set up a Client with EAP-FAST Network Authentication Use Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless Software The following sections describe how to use Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless to set up the required security settings for your wireless adapter. Refer to Personal Security. It also provides information about how to configure advanced security settings for your wireless adapter. This requires information from a systems administrator (corporate environment) or advanced security settings on your access point (for home users). Refer to Enterprise Security. For general information about security settings, refer to Security Overview. Personal Security Use Personal Security if you are a home or small business user who can use a variety of simple security procedures to protect your wireless connection. Select from the list of security settings that do not require extensive infrastructure setup for your wireless network. A RADIUS or AAA server is not required. l Review the Set up Data Encryption and Authentication information to learn about the different security types. l To add or change the required security settings, click Security Settings for information to set security for the selected wireless network. l See Profile Management for a description of when to use the Create Wireless Profile manager. l See Security Overview for more information about the different security options for wireless networks. l If you want to verify the security settings, select a wireless network in the Wireless Networks list. Click Network Properties to review the operating mode, authentication level and data encryption. l See Enterprise Security to set 802.1x authentication security. Personal Security Settings Personal Security Settings Description Name Personal Security Setting Select to open the Personal Security settings. The security settings that are available are dependent on the Operating Mode selected in the Create Wireless Profile Security Settings. Device to Device (ad hoc): In device to device mode, also called ad hoc mode, wireless computers send information directly to other wireless computers. You can use ad hoc mode to network multiple computers in a home or small office, or to set up a temporary wireless network for a meeting. NOTE: Device to Device (ad hoc) networks are identified with a notebook image (
Network
) in the Wireless Networks and Profiles list and Network (Infrastructure): An Network (Infrastructure) network consists of one or more access points and one or more computers with wireless adapters installed. At least one access point should also have a wired connection. For home users, this is usually a broadband or cable network NOTE: Network (Infrastructure) networks are identified with an access point image (
) in the Wireless Networks and Profiles list. Security Settings If you configure a profile for a Device to Device (ad hoc) network, select one of the following data encryption settings:
l None: No authentication required. l WEP-64 bit or WEP-128 bit: A network key or password is used for encryption. If you configure an profile for an Infrastructure network, select:
l None: No authentication required. l WEP-64 bit or WEP-128 bit: A network key or password is used for encryption. l WPA-Personal (TKIP) or WPA2-Personal (TKIP): WPA-Personal utilizes the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for data encryption. l WPA-Personal (AES-CCMP) or WPA2-Personal (AES-CCMP): WPA-Personal utilizes a new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard, AES-CCMP. Advanced Select to access the Advanced Settings to configure the following options:
l Auto Connect: Select to automatically or manually connect to a profile. l Auto Import: Network administrator can export a profile on another computer. l Password Protection: Select to password protect a profile. l Mandatory Access Point: Select to associate the wireless adapter with a specific access point. l Start Application: Specify a program to be started when a wireless connection is made. Back OK Cancel Help?
View the prior page in the Create Wireless Profile manager. Closes the Create Wireless Profile manager and saves the profile. Closes the Create Wireless Profile manager and cancels any changes made. Provides the help information for the current page. Set up Data Encryption and Authentication In a home wireless network, you can use a variety of simple security procedures to protect your wireless connection. These include:
l Enable Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) l Change your password l Change the network name (SSID) Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) encryption provides protection for your data on the network. WPA uses an encryption key called a Pre-Shared Key (PSK) to encrypt data before transmission. Enter the same password in all of the computers and access points in your home or small business network. Only devices that use the same encryption key can access the network or decrypt the encrypted data transmitted by other computers. The password automatically initiates the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for the data encryption process. Network Keys WEP encryption provides two levels of security:
l 64-bit key (sometimes referred to as 40-bit) l 128-bit key (also known as 104-bit) For improved security, use a 128-bit key. If you use encryption, all wireless devices on your wireless network must use the same encryption keys. You can create the key yourself and specify the key length (64- or 128-bit) and key index (the location that a specific key is stored). The greater the key length, the more secure the key. Key Length: 64-bit Pass phrase (64-bit): Enter five (5) alphanumeric characters, 0-9, a-z or A-Z. Hex key (64-bit): Enter 10 hexadecimal characters, 0-9, A-F. Key Length: 128-bit Pass phrase (128-bit): Enter 13 alphanumeric characters, 0-9, a-z or A-Z. Hex key (128-bit): Enter 26 hexadecimal characters, 0-9, A-F. With 802.11, a wireless station can be configured with up to four keys (the key index values are 1, 2, 3, and 4). When an access point or a wireless station transmits an encrypted message that uses a key stored in a specific key index, the transmitted message indicates the key index that was used to encrypt the message body. The receiving access point or wireless station can then retrieve the key that is stored at the key index and use it to decode the encrypted message body. Set up a Client with Open Authentication and No Data Encryption
(None) In device to device mode, also called ad hoc mode, wireless computers send information directly to other wireless computers. You can use ad hoc mode to network multiple computers in a home or small office, or to set up a temporary wireless network for a meeting. On the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless main window, select one of the following methods to connect to a device to device network:
l Double-click an ad hoc network in the Wireless Networks list. l Select a network in the Wireless Networks list. Click Connect. The Intel PROSet/Wireless software automatically detects the security settings for the wireless adapter. l Create a device to device (ad hoc) network profile as described below. To create a profile for a wireless network connection with no encryption:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 5. Operating Mode: Click Device to Device (ad hoc). 6. Click Next. 7. Click Personal Security to open the Security Settings. Data Encryption:The default setting is None, which indicates that there is no security on this wireless network. 8. Click OK. The profile is added to the Profiles list and connects to the wireless network. Set up a Client with WEP 64-bit or WEP 128-bit Data Encryption When WEP data encryption is enabled, a network key or password is used for encryption. You must enter the key and specify the length (64- or 128-bit) and key index (the location that a specific key is stored). The more complex the key (mixed letters and numbers), the more secure the key. To add a network key to a device to device network connection:
1. On the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window, double-click a Device to Device (ad hoc) network in the Wireless Networks list or select the network and click Connect. When connected, a profile is added to the Profiles list. 2. Click Profiles to access the Profiles list. Select the network that you connected to in Step 1. 3. Click Properties to open the Wireless Profile Properties' General Settings. The Profile name and Wireless Network Name (SSID) display. Device to Device (ad hoc) should be selected as the Operating Mode. 4. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 5. Click Personal Security. 6. Security Settings: The default setting is None, which indicates that there is no security on this wireless network. To add a password or network key:
1. Security Settings: Select either WEP 64-bit or WEP 128-bit to configure WEP data encryption with a 64- or 128-bit key. When WEP encryption is enabled on a device, the WEP key is used to verify access to the network. If the wireless device does not have the correct WEP key, even though authentication is successful, the device is unable to transmit data. 2. Password: Enter the Wireless Security Password (Encryption Key). Name Password Description Enter the Wireless Security Password (Pass phrase) or Encryption Key
(WEP key). Pass phrase (64-bit ) Enter five (5) alphanumeric characters, 0-9, a-z or A-Z. WEP key (64-bit) Pass phrase (128-bit) Enter 13 alphanumeric characters, 0-9, a-z or A-Z. WEP key (128-bit) Enter 10 hexadecimal characters, 0-9, A-F. Enter 26 hexadecimal characters, 0-9, A-F. 2. To add more than one password:
m Select the Key Index number: 1, 2, 3, or 4. m Enter the Wireless Security Password. m Select another Key Index number. m Enter another Wireless Security Password. 3. Click OK to return to the Profiles list. Set up a Client with WPA-Personal (TKIP) or WPA2-Personal (TKIP) Security Settings WPA Personal Mode requires manual configuration of a pre-shared key (PSK) on the access point and clients. This PSK authenticates a user's password or identifying code, on both the client station and the access point. An authentication server is not needed. WPA Personal Mode is targeted to home and small business environments. WPA2 is the second generation of WPA security that provides enterprise and consumer wireless users with a high level of assurance that only authorized users can access their wireless networks. WPA2 provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), which is a requirement for some corporate and government users. To configure a profile with WPA-Personal network authentication and TKIP data encryption:
1. On the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window, double-click an Infrastructure network in the Wireless Networks list or select the network and click Connect. 2. Click Profiles to access the Profiles list. 3. Click Properties to open the Wireless Profile Properties' General Settings. The Profile name and Wireless Network Name (SSID) display. Network (Infrastructure) should be selected as the Operating Mode. 4. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 5. Security Settings: Select WPA-Personal (TKIP) to provide security to a small business network or home environment. A password, called a pre-shared key (PSK), is used. The longer the password, the stronger the security of the wireless network. If your wireless access point or router supports WPA2-Personal then you should enable it on the access point and provide a long, strong password. The longer the password, the stronger the security of the wireless network. The same password entered in the access point needs to be used on this computer and all other wireless devices that access the wireless network. NOTE: WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal are not interoperable. 6. Wireless Security Password (Encryption Key): Enter a text phrase with eight to 63 characters. Verify that the network key matches the password in the wireless access point. 7. Click OK to return to the Profiles list. Set up a Client with WPA-Personal (AES-CCMP) or WPA2-Personal (AES-CCMP) Security Settings Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a security enhancement that strongly increases the level of data protection and access control to a wireless network. WPA enforces 802.1x authentication and key-exchange and only works with dynamic encryption keys. For a home user or small business, WPA-Personal utilizes either Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol (AES-CCMP) or Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP). To configure a profile with WPA2-Personal network authentication and AES-CCMP data encryption:
1. On the Profile page, select a profile. 2. Click Properties to open the Wireless Profile Properties' General Settings. The Profile name and Wireless Network Name (SSID) display. Network (Infrastructure) should be selected as the Operating Mode. 3. Click Next. The Security Settings page opens. 4. Security Settings: Select WPA-Personal (AES-CCMP) to provide this level of security in the small network or home environment. It uses a password also called a pre-shared key (PSK). The longer the password, the stronger the security of the wireless network. AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is the new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard. AES-CCMP provides a stronger encryption method than TKIP. Choose AES-CCMP as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. If your Wireless access point or router supports WPA2-Personal then you should enable it on the access point and provide a long, strong password. The same password entered into access point needs to be used on this computer and all other wireless devices that access the wireless network. NOTE: WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal are not interoperable. Some security solutions may not be supported by your computer's operating system. You may require additional software or hardware as well as wireless LAN infrastructure support. Contact your computer manufacturer for details. Set Password:
1. Wireless Security Password (Encryption Key). Enter a text phrase (length is between eight and 63 characters). Verify that the network key used matches the wireless access point key. 2. Click OK to return to the Profiles list. Back to Top Back to Contents Enterprise Security From the Security Settings page you can enter the required security settings for the selected wireless network. Use Enterprise Security if your network environment requires 802.1x authentication. l 802.1x authentication methods, include passwords, certificates and smart cards. l 802.1x authentication types are: EAP-SIM, LEAP, TLS, TTLS, PEAP, EAP-FAST. l See Profile Management for a description of when the Create Wireless Profile manager is launched. l See Security Overview for more information on the different security options for wireless networks. l See Personal Security to set basic WEP or WPA security in a non-enterprise environment (home, small business). Enterprise Security Settings Enterprise Security Settings Description Name Enterprise Security Network Authentication Setting Select to open the Enterprise Security settings. The security settings that are available are dependent on the Operating Mode selected: Device to Device (ad hoc) or Network (Infrastructure). If you configure a Device to Device (ad hoc) profile, the default is Open authentication. If you configure an Infrastructure profile, select:
l Open authentication: Any wireless station can request authentication. l Shared authentication: Uses an encryption key known only to the receiver and sender of data. l WPA-Personal or WPA2 Personal: Uses a password also called a pre-shared key (PSK). l WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise: Use on enterprise networks with an 802.1x RADIUS server. Data Encryption Click to open the following data encryption types:
l None: No encryption. l WEP l CKIP l TKIP l AES-CCMP Enable 802.1x (Authentication Type) Click to open the following 802.11x authentication types:
l EAP-SIM l TLS l TTLS l PEAP l LEAP l EAP-FAST Cisco Options Click to view the Cisco Compatible Extensions. Advanced button NOTE: Cisco Compatible Extensions are automatically enabled for CKIP and LEAP profiles. Select to access the Advanced Settings to configure the following options:
l Auto Connect: Select to automatically or manually connect to a profile. l Auto Import: Network administrator can export a profile on another computer. l Mandatory Access Point: Select to associate the wireless adapter with a specific access point. l Password Protection: Select to password protect a profile. l Start Application: Specify a program to be started when a wireless connection is made. l Maintain Connection: Select to maintain the wireless connection with a user profile after log off. User Credentials A profile configured for TTLS, PEAP, or EAP-FAST authentication requires one of the following log on authentication methods:
Use Windows logon: The 802.1x credentials match your Windows user name and password. Before connection, you are prompted for your Windows logon credentials. NOTE: This option is unavailable if Pre-logon/Common Connect is not selected during installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. Refer to Install or Uninstall the Single Sign On Feature. NOTE: For Leap profiles, this option is listed as Use Windows logon user name and password. Prompt each time I connect: Prompt for your user name and password every time you log onto the wireless network. NOTE: For Leap profiles, this option is listed as Prompt for the user name and password. Use the following: Use your saved credentials to log onto the network. l User Name: This user name must match the user name that is set in the authentication server by the administrator prior to client authentication. The user name is case-sensitive. This name specifies the identity supplied to the authenticator by the authentication protocol operating over the TLS tunnel. This identity is securely transmitted to the server only after an encrypted channel has been established. l Domain: Name of the domain on the authentication server. The server name identifies a domain or one of its sub-
domains (for example, zeelans.com, where the server is blueberry.zeelans.com). l Password: Specifies the user password. The password characters appear as asterisks. This password must match the password that is set in the authentication server. l Confirm Password: Reenter the user password. NOTE: Contact your administrator to obtain the domain name. NOTE: For Leap profiles, this option is listed as Use the following user name and password. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods:
Validate Server Certificate: Select to verify the server certificate. Certificate Issuer: The server certificate received during TLS message exchange must be issued by this certificate authority
(CA). Trusted intermediate certificate authorities and root authorities whose certificates exist in the system store are available for selection. If Any Trusted CA is selected, any CA in the list is acceptable. Click Any Trusted CA as the default or select a certificate issuer from the list. Specify Server or Certificate Name: Enter the server name. The server name or domain to which the server belongs, depends on which of the two options below has been selected. l Server name must match the specified entry exactly:
When selected, the server name must match exactly the server name found on the certificate. The server name should include the complete domain name (for example, Servername.Domain name). l Domain name must end with the specified entry: When selected, the server name identifies a domain, and the certificate must have a server name that belongs to this domain or to one of its subdomains (for example, zeelans. com, where the server is blueberry.zeelans.com). NOTE: These parameters should be obtained from the administrator. To obtain a certificate for TLS authentication, select one of the following:
Use my smart card: Select if the certificate resides on a smart card. Use the certificate issued to this computer: Selects a certificate that resides in the machine store. Use a user certificate on this computer: Click Select to choose a certificate that resides on this computer. NOTE: Intel PROSet/Wireless supports machine certificates. However, they are not displayed in the certificate listings. Notes about Certificates: The specified identity should match the Issued to identity in the certificate and should be registered on the authentication server (for example, RADIUS server) that is used by the authenticator. Your certificate must be valid with respect to the authentication server. This requirement depends on the authentication server and generally means that the authentication server must know the issuer of your certificate as a Certificate Authority. Use the same user name you used to log in when the certificate was installed. View the prior page in the Create Wireless Profile manager. View the next page in the Create Wireless Profile manager. If more security information is required then the next Step of the Security page is displayed. Closes the Create Wireless Profile manager and saves the profile. Closes the Create Wireless Profile manager and cancels any changes made. Provides the help information for the current page. Server Options Certificate Options Back Next OK Cancel Help?
Enterprise Security Configure Profiles for Infrastructure Networks An infrastructure network consists of one or more access points and one or more computers with wireless adapters installed. Each access point must have a wired connection to a wireless network. Set up a Client with WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise Network Authentication WPA2-Enterprise requires an authentication server. l WPA-Enterprise: A wireless security method that provides strong data protection for multiple users and large managed networks. It uses the 802.1X authentication framework with TKIP encryption and prevents unauthorized network access by verifying network users through an authentication server. l WPA2-Enterprise: The follow-on wireless security method to WPA that provides stronger data protection for multiple users and large managed networks. It prevents unauthorized network access by verifying network users through an authentication server. NOTE: WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise are not interoperable. To add a profile that uses WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise authentication:
1. Obtain a user name and password on the RADIUS server from your administrator. 2. Certain Authentication Types require that obtain and install a client certificate. Refer to Setting up the Client for TLS authentication or consult your administrator. 3. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 4. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 5. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 6. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 7. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 8. Click Next. 9. Select Enterprise Security. 10. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 11. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 12. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 13. Authentication Type: Select one of the following: EAP-SIM, LEAP, TLS, TTLS, PEAP, EAP-FAST. Set up a Client with WEP Data Encryption and EAP-SIM Network Authentication EAP-SIM uses a dynamic session-based WEP key, which is derived from the client adapter and RADIUS server, to encrypt data. EAP-SIM requires you to enter a user verification code, or Personal Identification Number
(PIN), for communication with the Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card. A SIM card is a special smart card that is used by Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) based digital cellular networks. To add a profile with EAP-SIM authentication:
1. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 2. Profile Name: Enter a profile name. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 4. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 5. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 6. Select Enterprise Security. 7. Network Authentication: Select Open (Recommended). 8. Data Encryption: Select WEP. 9. Click Enable 802.1x. 10. Authentication type: Select EAP-SIM. EAP-SIM authentication can be used with:
l Network Authentication types: Open, Shared, WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise l Data Encryption types: None, WEP, TKIP, AES-CCMP and CKIP EAP-SIM User (optional) 1. Specify user name (identity): Click to specify the user name. m User Name: Enter the user name assigned to the SIM card. 2. Click OK. Set up a Client with TLS Network Authentication These settings define the protocol and the credentials used to authenticate a user. Transport Layer Security
(TLS) authentication is a two-way authentication method that exclusively uses digital certificates to verify the identity of a client and a server. To add a profile with TLS authentication:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Type the network identifier. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select AES-CCMP (Recommended). 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select TLS to be used with this connection. Step 1 of 2: TLS User 1. Obtain and install a client certificate, refer to Set up the Client for TLS authentication or consult your system administrator. 2. Select one of the following to obtain a certificate: Use my smart card, Use the certificate issued to this computer, or Use a user certificate on this computer. 3. Click Next to open the TLS Server settings. Step 2 of 2: TLS Server Select one of the following:
1. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods: Validate Server Certificate or Specify Server or Certificate Name. 2. Click OK. The profile is added to the Profiles list. 3. Click the new profile at the end of the Profiles list. Use the up and down arrows to change the priority of the new profile. 4. Click Connect to connect to the selected wireless network. 5. Click OK to close Intel PROSet/Wireless. Set up a Client with TTLS Network Authentication TTLS authentication: These settings define the protocol and credentials used to authenticate a user. The client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-encrypted channel between the client and server. The client can use another authentication protocol, typically password-based protocols (for example, MD5 Challenge over this encrypted channel to enable server validation). The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. The following example describes how to use WPA with AES-
CCMP encryption with TTLS authentication. To set up a client with TTLS Network Authentication:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select TTLS to be used with this connection. Step 1 of 2: TTLS User 1. Authentication Protocol: This parameter specifies the authentication protocol operating over the TTLS tunnel. The protocols are: PAP (Default), CHAP, MD5, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAP-V2. See Security Overview for more information. 2. User Credentials: User Credentials: For PAP, CHAP, MD5, MS-CHAP, and MS-CHAP-V2 protocols, select one of these authentication methods: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect, or Use the following. 3. Roaming Identity: A Roaming Identity may be populated in this field or you can use %domain%\%
username% as the default format for entering a roaming identity. When 802.1x Microsoft IAS RADIUS is used as an authentication server, the server authenticates the device using the Roaming Identity from Intel PROSet/Wireless software, and ignores the Authentication Protocol MS-CHAP-V2 user name. Microsoft IAS RADIUS accepts only a valid user name (dotNet user) for the Roaming Identity. For all other authentication servers, the Roaming Identity is optional. Therefore, it is recommended to use the desired realm (for example, anonymous@myrealm) for the Roaming Identity rather than a true identity. 4. Click Next to access the TTLS Server settings. Step 2 of 2: TTLS Server 1. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods: Validate Server Certificate or Specify Server or Certificate Name. 2. Click OK to save the setting and close the page. Set up a Client with PEAP Network Authentication PEAP authentication: PEAP settings are required for the authentication of the client to the authentication server. The client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-encrypted channel between client and server. The client can use another EAP mechanism (for example, Microsoft Challenge Authentication Protocol
(MS-CHAP) Version 2), over this encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. The following example describes how to use WPA with AES-CCMP or TKIP encryption with PEAP authentication. To set up a client with PEAP Authentication:
Obtain and install a client certificate. Refer to Set up the Client for TLS authentication or consult your administrator. 1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select PEAP to be used with this connection. Step 1 of 2: PEAP User PEAP relies on Transport Layer Security (TLS) to allow unencrypted authentication types (for example, EAP-
Generic Token Card (GTC) and One-Time Password (OTP) support). 1. Authentication Protocol: Select either GTC, MS-CHAP-V2 (Default), or TLS. Refer to Authentication Protocols. 2. User Credentials: User Credentials: Select one of the following: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect, or Use the following. 3. Roaming Identity: A Roaming Identity may be populated in this field or you can use %domain%\%
username% as the default format for entering a roaming identity. When 802.1x Microsoft IAS RADIUS is used as an authentication server, the server authenticates the device using the Roaming Identity from Intel PROSet/Wireless software, and ignores the Authentication Protocol MS-CHAP-V2 user name. Microsoft IAS RADIUS accepts only a valid user name (dotNet user) for the Roaming Identity. For all other authentication servers, the Roaming Identity is optional. Therefore, it is recommended to use the desired realm (for example, anonymous@myrealm) for the Roaming Identity rather than a true identity. Configure Roaming Identity to support multiple users:
If you use a Pre-logon/Common profile that requires the roaming identity to be based on the Windows logon credentials, the creator of the profile can add a roaming identity that uses %
username% and %domain%. The roaming identity is parsed and the appropriate log on information is substituted for the keywords. This allows maximum flexibility in configuring the roaming identity while allowing multiple users to share the profile. Please refer to your authentication server user guide for directions about how to format a suitable roaming identity. Possible formats are:
%domain%\%username%
%username%@%domain%
%username%@%domain%.com
%username%@mynetwork.com If Roaming Identity is cleared, %domain%\%username% is the default. Notes about the credentials: This user name and domain must match the user name that is set in the authentication server by the administrator prior to client authentication. The user name is case-sensitive. This name specifies the identity supplied to the authenticator by the authentication protocol operating over the TLS tunnel. This user identity is securely transmitted to the server only after an encrypted channel has been verified and established. Authentication Protocols: This parameter specifies the authentication protocols that can operate over the TTLS tunnel. Below are instructions on how to configure a profile that uses PEAP authentication with GTC, MS-CHAP-V2 (Default), or TLS authentication protocols. Generic Token Card (GTC) To configure a one-time password:
1. Authentication Protocol: Select GTC (Generic Token Card). 2. User Credentials: Select Prompt each time I connect. 3. On connection prompt for: Select one of the following:
Name Static Password One-time password (OTP) Obtain the password from a hardware token device. PIN (Soft Token) Description On connection, enter the user credentials. Obtain the password from a soft token program. 5. Click OK. 6. Select the profile on the Wireless Networks list. 7. Click Connect. When prompted, enter the user name, domain and one-time password (OTP). 8. Click OK. You are asked to verify your log in information. NOTE: The Prompt each time I connect option is unavailable if an Administrator has cleared the Cache Credentials setting in the the Administrator Tool. Refer to Administrator Settings for more information. MS-CHAP-V2. This parameter specifies the authentication protocol operating over the PEAP tunnel. 1. User Credentials: Select one of the following options: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect, or Use the following. 2. Click Next to open the PEAP Server settings. TLS: Transport Layer Security authentication is a two-way authentication method that exclusively uses digital certificates to verify the identity of a client and a server. 1. Obtain and install a client certificate, refer to Set up the Client for TLS authentication or consult your system administrator. 2. Select one of the following to obtain a certificate: Use my smart card, Use the certificate issued to this computer, or Use a user certificate on this computer. 3. Click Next to open the PEAP Server settings. Step 2 of 2: PEAP Server 1. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods: Validate Server Certificate or Specify Server or Certificate Name. 2. Click OK. The profile is added to the Profiles list. 3. Click the new profile at the end of the Profiles list. Use the up and down arrows to change the priority of the new profile. 4. Click Connect to connect to the selected wireless network. If you did not select Use Windows logon on the Security Settings page and also did not configure user credentials, no credentials are saved for this profile. Please enter your credentials to authenticate to the network. 5. Click OK to close Intel PROSet/Wireless. PEAP-TLS Certificate Auto Enrollment In the Application Settings, select Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless TLS Certificate Rejected Warning, if you want a warning issued when a PEAP-TLS certificate is rejected. When a certificate has an invalid field expiration date, you are notified that you must take one of the following actions: A potential authentication problem for profile <profile name has been detected. The expiration date in the associated certificate may be invalid. Choose one of the following options:
Control Continue with current parameters. Update certificate manually. Update certificate automatically based on the certificates in the local store. Log off to obtain certificate during logon process
(this does not update the profile and only applies to certificates configured for auto enrollment). Auto enrollment Do not show this message again. Description Continue with the current certificate. The Select Certificate page opens for you to choose another certificate. This option is enabled only when the local store holds one or more certificates for which the "issued to" and "issued by" fields match the current certificate and for which the
"expiration date" has not expired. If you choose this option, the application selects the first valid certificate. Logs off the user, who must obtain a proper certificate during the next logon process. The profile must be updated to select the new certificate. You are notified to: Please wait while the system is trying to obtain the certificate automatically. Click Cancel to end the certificate retrieval. A user is able to avoid this step in subsequent sessions. The choice selected is remembered for future sessions. Set up a Client with LEAP Network Authentication Cisco LEAP (Light Extensible Authentication Protocol) is an 802.1X authentication type that supports strong mutual authentication between the client and a RADIUS server. The LEAP profiles settings include LEAP, CKIP with Rogue AP detection integration. To set up a client with LEAP Authentication:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add. The Create Wireless Profile General Settings opens. 3. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 4. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select LEAP to be used with this connection. 12. Click Cisco Options. 13. Click Enable Cisco Compatible Extensions to enable Cisco Compatible Extensions (CCX) security (Allow Fast Roaming (CCKM), Enable Radio Management Support, Enable Mixed Cells Mode.). 14. Click Enable Radio Management Support. Use Radio Management to detect rogue access points. 15. Click OK to return to the Security Settings. LEAP User:
1. Select one of the following authentication methods:
m Select one of the following authentication methods: Use Windows logon user name and password, Prompt for the user name and password, or Use the following user name and password. 2. Click OK to save the setting and close the page. Cisco Compatible Extensions Options Cisco Options: Use to enable or disable Radio Management and Mixed Cells Mode or Allow Fast Roaming
(CCKM). NOTE: Cisco Compatible Extensions are automatically enabled for CKIP, LEAP or EAP-FAST profiles. To override this behavior, select or clear options on this page. l Allow Fast Roaming (CCKM): Select to enable the client wireless adapter for fast-secure roaming. When a wireless LAN is configured for fast reconnection, an EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, PEAP-GTC, PEAP-
MSCHAPv2 or LEAP-enabled client device can roam from one access point to another without involving the main server. Use Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM), an access point configured to provide Wireless Domain Services (WDS), to take the place of the RADIUS server and authenticate the client without perceptible delay in voice or other time-sensitive applications. Enable Cisco Compatible Options: Select to enable Cisco Compatible Extensions for this wireless connection profile. l Enable Radio Management Support: Select to have your wireless adapter provide radio management to the Cisco infrastructure. If the Cisco Radio Management utility is used on the infrastructure, it configures radio parameters, detects interference and rogue access points. Default setting is selected. l Enable Mixed Cells Mode: Select to allow the wireless adapter to communicate with mixed cells. A mixed cell is a wireless network in which there are both devices that use WEP and devices that do not. Refer to Mixed Cells Mode for more information. The default setting is cleared. Set up a Client with EAP-FAST Network Authentication In Cisco Compatible Extensions, Version 3 (CCXv3), Cisco added support for EAP-FAST (Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling), which uses protected access credentials
(PACs) to establish an authenticated tunnel between a client and a server. Cisco Compatible Extensions, Version 4 (CCXv4) improves the provisioning methods for enhanced security and provides innovations for enhanced security, mobility, quality of service, and network management. Cisco Compatible Extensions, Version 3 (CCXv3) To set up a client with EAP-FAST authentication with Cisco Compatible Extensions, version 3 (CCXv3):
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 4. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to open the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select EAP-FAST to be used with this connection. NOTE: If CCXv4 Application Setting was not installed through an Administrator Package, only EAP-
FAST User Settings are available for configuration. Refer to EAP-FAST User Settings. Step 1 of 2: EAP-FAST Provisioning 1. Click Disable EAP-FAST Enhancements (CCXv4) to allow provisioning inside a server-
unauthenticated TLS tunnel (Unauthenticated-TLS-Server Provisioning Mode). 2. Click Select server to view any unauthenticated PACs that have already been provisioned and reside on this computer. NOTE: If the provisioned PAC is valid, Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless does not prompt the user for acceptance of the PAC. If the PAC is invalid, Intel PROSet/Wireless fails the provisioning automatically. A status message is displayed in the Wireless Event Viewer that an administrator can review on the user's computer. To import a PAC:
l Click Select server to open the Protected Access Credentials (PAC) list. l Click Import to import a PAC that resides on this computer or a server. l Select the PAC and click Open. l Enter the PAC password (optional). l Click OK to close this page. The selected PAC is added to PAC list. 3. Click Next to select the credential retrieval method or click OK to save the EAP-FAST settings and return to the Profiles list. The PAC is used for this wireless profile. Step 2 of 2: EAP-FAST Additional Information To perform client authentication in the established tunnel, a client sends a user name and password to authenticate and establish client authorization policy. 1. Click User Credentials to select one of the following credentials retrieval method: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect , or Use the following. 2. Click OK to save the settings and close the page. Server verification is not required. Cisco Compatible Extensions, Version 4 (CCXv4) To set up a client with EAP-FAST authentication with Cisco Compatible Extensions, version 4 (CCXv4):
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile Wizard's General Settings. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 4. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to open the Security Settings. 7. Select Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Data Encryption: Select AES-CCMP. 11. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 12. Authentication Type: Select EAP-FAST to be used with this connection. Step 1 of 3: EAP-FAST Provisioning With CCXv4, EAP-FAST supports two modes for provisioning:
l Server-Authenticated Mode: Provisioning inside a server authenticated TLS tunnel. l Server-Unauthenticated Mode: Provisioning inside an unauthenticated TLS tunnel. NOTE: Server-Authenticated Mode provides significant security advantages over Server-
Unauthenticated Mode even when EAP-MSCHAPv2 is being used as an inner method. This mode protects the EAP-MSCHAPv2 exchanges from potential Man-in-the-Middle attacks by verifying the servers authenticity before exchanging MSCHAPv2. Therefore, Server-Authenticated Mode is preferred whenever it is possible. EAP-FAST peer must use Server-Authenticated Mode whenever a certificate or public key is available to authenticate the server and ensure the best security practices. Provisioning of Protected Access Credentials (PAC):
EAP-FAST uses a PAC key to protect the user credentials that are exchanged. All EAP-FAST authenticators are identified by an authority identity (A-ID). The local authenticator sends its A-ID to an authenticating client, and the client checks its database for a matching A-ID. If the client does not recognize the A-ID, it requests a new PAC. NOTE: If the provisioned Protected Access Credential (PAC) is valid, Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless does not prompt the user for acceptance of the PAC. If the PAC is invalid, Intel PROSet/Wireless fails the provisioning automatically. A status message is displayed in the Wireless Event Viewer that an administrator can review on the user's computer. 1. Verify that Disable EAP-FAST Enhancements (CCXv4) is not selected. Allow unauthenticated provisioning and Allow authenticated provisioning are selected by default. Once a PAC is selected from the Default Server, you can deselect any of these provisioning methods. 2. Default Server: None is selected as the default. Click Select Server to select a PAC from the default PAC authority server or select a server from the Server group list. The EAP-FAST Default Server (PAC Authority) selection page opens. NOTE: Server groups are only listed if you have installed an Administrator Package that contains EAP-FAST Authority ID (A-ID) Group settings. PAC distribution can also be completed manually (out-of-band). Manual provisioning enables you to create a PAC for a user on an ACS server and then import it into a user's computer. A PAC file can be protected with a password, which the user needs to enter during a PAC import. To import a PAC:
1. Click Import to import a PAC from the PAC server. 2. Click Open. 3. Enter the PAC password. (Optional) 4. Click OK closes this page. The selected PAC is used for this wireless profile. EAP-FAST CCXv4 enables support for the provisioning of other credentials beyond the PAC currently provisioned for tunnel establishment. The credential types supported include trusted CA certificate, machine credentials for machine authentication, and temporary user credentials used to bypass user authentication. Use a certificate (TLS Authentication) 1. Click Use a certificate (TLS Authentication) 2. Click Identity Protection when the tunnel is protected. 3. Select one of the following:
m Use a user certificate on this computer. Click Select to choose the user certificate. Click OK. Proceed to Step 4. m Use the certificate issued to this computer. Proceed to Step 5. m Use my smart card. Select if the certificate resides on a smart card. Proceed to Step 5. 4. User Name: Enter the user name assigned to the user certificate. 5. Click Next. Step 2 of 3: EAP-FAST Additional Information If you selected Use a certificate (TLS Authentication) and Use a user certificate on this computer, click Next (no roaming identity is required) and proceed to Step 3 to configure EAP-FAST Server certificate settings. If you do not need to configure EAP-FAST server settings, click OK to save your settings and return to the Profiles page. If you selected to use a smart card, add the roaming identity, if required. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Profiles page. If you did not select Use a certificate (TLS Authentication), click Next to select an Authentication Protocol. CCXv4 permits additional credentials or TLS cipher suites to establish the tunnel. Authentication Protocol: Select either GTC, or MS-CHAP-V2 (Default). Generic Token Card (GTC) GTC may be used with Server-Authenticated Mode . This enable peers using other user databases as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and one-time password (OTP) technology to be provisioned in-
band. However, the replacement may only be achieved when used with the TLS cipher suites that ensure server authentication. To configure a one-time password:
1. Authentication Protocol: Select GTC (Generic Token Card). 2. User Credentials: Select Prompt each time I connect. 3. On connection prompt for: Select one of the following:
Name Static Password One-time password (OTP) Obtain the password from a hardware token device. PIN (Soft Token) Description On connection, enter the user credentials. Obtain the password from a soft token program. 1. Click OK. 2. Select the profile on the Wireless Networks list. 3. Click Connect. When prompted, enter the user name, domain and one-time password (OTP). 4. Click OK. MS-CHAP-V2. This parameter specifies the authentication protocol operating over the PEAP tunnel. 1. Select the user credentials: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect, or Use the following. 2. Roaming Identity: A Roaming Identity may be populated in this field or you can use %domain%\%
username% as the default format for entering a roaming identity. When 802.1x Microsoft IAS RADIUS is used as an authentication server, the server authenticates the device using the Roaming Identity from Intel PROSet/Wireless software, and ignores the Authentication Protocol MS-CHAP-V2 user name. Microsoft IAS RADIUS accepts only a valid user name (dotNet user) for the Roaming Identity. For all other authentication servers, the Roaming Identity is optional. Therefore, it is recommended to use the desired realm (for example, anonymous@myrealm) for the Roaming Identity rather than a true identity. Step 3 of 3: EAP-FAST Server Authenticated-TLS-Server Provisioning Mode is supported using a trusted CA certificate, a self-signed server certificate, or server public keys and GTC as the inner EAP method. 1. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods: Validate Server Certificate or Specify Server or Certificate Name. 2. Click OK to close the security settings. EAP-FAST User Settings NOTE: If an Administrator Package was installed on a user's computer that did not apply the Cisco Compatible Extensions, Version 4 Application Setting, only EAP-FAST User settings are available for configuration. To set up a client with EAP-FAST authentication:
1. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 2. On the Profile page, click Add to open the Create Wireless Profile General Settings. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 4. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 5. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 6. Click Next to open the Security Settings. 7. Click Enterprise Security. 8. Network Authentication: Select WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. 9. Data Encryption: Select one of the following:
m TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism. m AES-CCMP (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) is used as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. AES-CCMP is recommended. 10. Enable 802.1x: Selected. 11. Authentication Type: Select EAP-FAST to be used with this connection. 12. Click Cisco Options to select Allow Fast Roaming (CCKM) which enables the client wireless adapter for fast secure roaming. EAP-FAST User:
Select the credential retrieval method:
1. Select the user credentials: Use Windows logon, Prompt each time I connect, or Use the following. 2. Allow automatic provisioning of Protected Access Credentials (PAC):
EAP-FAST uses a PAC key to protect the user credentials that are exchanged. All EAP-FAST authenticators are identified by an authority identity (A-ID). The local authenticator sends its A-ID to an authenticating client, and the client checks its database for a matching A-ID. If the client does not recognize the A-ID, it requests a new PAC. Click PACs to view any PACs that have already been provisioned and reside on this computer. A PAC must have already been obtained to clear Allow automatic provisioning on the Security Settings. NOTE: If the provisioned Protected Access Credential (PAC) is valid, Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless does not prompt the user for acceptance of the PAC. If the PAC is invalid, Intel PROSet/Wireless fails the provisioning automatically. A status message is displayed in the Wireless Event Viewer that an administrator can review on the user's computer. PAC distribution can also be completed manually (out-of-band). Manual provisioning enables you to create a PAC for a user on an ACS server and then import it into a user's computer. A PAC file can be protected with a password, which the user needs to enter during a PAC import. To import a PAC:
1. Click PACs to open the Protected Access Credentials (PAC) list. 2. Click Import to import a PAC that resides on this computer or a server. 3. Select the PAC and click Open. 4. Enter the PAC password (optional). 5. Click OK to close this page. The selected PAC is added to PAC list. 6. Click OK to save the EAP-FAST settings and return to the Profiles list. The PAC is used for this wireless profile. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Troubleshooting Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter Wireless Event Viewer Manual Diagnostics Tool How to Resolve Errors Intel Wireless Troubleshooter The Intel Wireless Troubleshooter is an application that can help you resolve wireless network connection issues. When a connection issue is detected, a desktop alert appears at the bottom right corner of your desktop screen. Once you click on the desktop alert, a diagnostic message displays the steps recommended to resolve the connection issue. For example, if a connection issue occurred because of an invalid password, the Profile manager application is launched when you click on a displayed hyperlink. You can also launch Wireless Event Viewer and enable or disable alert notifications. The Intel Wireless Troubleshooter is supported under Windows XP and Windows 2000. Intel Wireless Troubleshooter Description The Intel Wireless Troubleshooter contains two panes. The left pane displays a list of available tools. The right pane displays the current connection issue. This pane is divided into two sections: the error message and the recommended action. The recommended action contains descriptions about available utilities and helps to resolve the associated connection issue. If you click on a help link, the help text is displayed in a window. If you click on the associated issue resolution link, a program is launched to resolve the connection issue. Name Menu Options File Wireless Event Viewer: Launches Wireless Event Viewer. Description Disable Notification/Enable Notification: Select to disable or enable alert notifications. Exit: Click to exit the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter application. View History: Displays or removes the History data on the right panel of the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Tools Manual Diagnostics Tool: Run diagnostic test to verify the functionality of your wireless adapter. See Manual Diagnostics Tool for more information. The tool is also accessible from the Tools menu. Help Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter Help: Displays online help for the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. About: Displays version information for the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Available Help The date, time and error message:
l Description of error. l Link to resolve error (if available). See Resolve Errors below. l Link to recommended steps to resolve error. History Maintains a list of the last five alerts. The alerts are listed chronologically, with the most recent alert at the top of the list. Manual Diagnostics Tool The Manual Diagnostics Tool tool allows you to run a set of diagnostics tests that verify the functionality of your wireless adapter. There are two levels of diagnostics details represented in this tool: user level and technical support level. At the user level, the tool only shows a short description of the different diagnostics steps that are being taken and only shows a pass or fail indication for each step. The technical support level includes the creation of a log file with contains detailed information on all the executed tests. This log file can be saved to a text file and emailed to a technical support department to troubleshoot connection problems. NOTE: For Windows Vista, select All Programs > Intel PROSet Wireless > Manual Diagnostics Tool. To set the log file location:
1. Click File 2. Click Settings to save the log file. This log file can be saved as a text file and sent to a technical support group or administrator to troubleshoot network connectivity issues. 3. Click Browse to specify the log file storage location. 4. Click OK to return to the Manual Diagnostics Tool. To run the tests:
1. Click the box next to each test to select the test to run. 2. Click Run Tests to run the selected tests. Available Test Name Hardware Test Description The test passes if the wireless adapter is present and accessible. The test fails, if the adapter is not present or present but disabled The test summary displays whether the wireless hardware is enabled or disabled. Troubleshooting l Verify that your adapter is listed under Network adapters in the Device Manager. l If the adapter is not listed, right-click Network adapters and select Scan for hardware changes. You can also reboot your system. l Verify that your adapter is enabled in the Device Manager. When the adapter is disabled, a red X is displayed on the device. Right-click the adapter and select Enable from the menu. l When the adapter displays a yellow exclamation point, right-click the adapter and reinstall the driver from the Intel PROSet/Wireless CD. l Contact you computer's manufacturer for other troubleshooting options. Driver Test The test summary displays the Intel PRO/Wireless Network Connection driver supported by the wireless adapter. The test verifies if the driver binary version is compatible with the installed version of Intel PROSet/Wireless software. The test fails if the driver binary is not found or if the driver version does not match the Intel PROSet/Wireless software version (for example, Intel PROSet/Wireless version 10.0.5 and driver version 9.0.3.9). Troubleshooting l Reinstall the drivers using the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. Radio Test The test summary displays Radio On or Radio Off. The test queries the current radio state. If the radio is switched on, the test passes. If the radio is off, the test fails. Troubleshooting Verify that your wireless adapter's radio is on. There are two methods to turn the radio on and off:
l The hardware switch l The Wireless On/Wireless Off button in Intel PROSet/Wireless software. See to Enable or Disable the Wireless Radio for more information. Scan Test The test queries the wireless networks within range of your wireless adapter. The test passes if networks can be seen in the scan list. The Test Summary displays the number of networks available to connect to. Troubleshooting l Verify that you are within range of an access point. l Switch the wireless radio to off and back to on. l Verify that the wireless band setting matches the access point band setting. l Switch the access point to off and back to on. Association Test The test summary displays Associated or Not Associated. Association is the establishment and maintenance of the wireless link between devices. When security is enabled, the devices only exchange security credentials. The test checks for wireless connectivity. The test passes if the client is associated successfully. Troubleshooting l When the access point signal strength is low, utilize the signal test listed below. l Verify that a profile has been created. If created:
m Verify that the profile SSID matches the access point Network Name (SSID). m Remove the profile and create a new profile. l Verify that your wireless network is not included in the Exclude (profiles) List. l Verify that the MAC address has not been excluded in the access point. Authentication Test Describes the process after association, during which the identity of the wireless device or end-
user is verified and then allowed network access. The test queries for authentication state information, including all Cisco Compatible Extensions and security-related information. The test passes if the client is authenticated successfully. The test fails if the client is not authenticated. The Test Summary displays whether authentication is required for the network connection. Troubleshooting l Select Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter from the Tools menu on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. Select Wireless Event Viewer to display error log records to resolve problems found with this test. l Edit your profile to ensure the correct credentials have been used for the WEP key, PSK, password or certificates. l Remove the existing profile and create a new profile. Signal Test The test summary displays the signal quality. If the signal quality is low, use the Troubleshoot button to diagnose and fix the problem. Troubleshooting l Move your computer 10 to 20 feet from the wireless access point or router. l Reduce interference by moving away from appliances (microwaves, cell phones or 2.4 GHz phones) or access points using the same channel. l Increase the transmission power of the access point. Ping Test The test verifies whether the wireless adapter successfully sent messages to and received replies from the access point IP address, default gateway, DHCP server (if enabled) and DNS servers. The test summary displays whether replies from these entities were received. Example: Response: AP, default gateway. No Response: DHCP server NOTE: If the ping tests to this access point and default gateway are successful but the ping test to the DNS server fails this is not a wireless network issue but a general network issue. Troubleshooting l Disable the security firewall and run the ping test again. l Contact the access point manufacturer to troubleshoot your home network setup. l Enterprise users should contact their network administrator. Troubleshoot Run Tests Close Help?
Diagnose and fix problems displayed by each of the tests. The Troubleshoot button becomes active if a test fails. Executes the tests that you have selected. Closes the page. Provides help information for this page. 4. Click Close to close the Manual Diagnostics Tool. Wireless Event Viewer The Wireless Event Viewer program displays a list of error log records. You can save all available log records to a binary format file for sending to customer support. To launch Wireless Event Viewer, select Intel Wireless Troubleshooter on the Tools menu. Click Wireless Event Viewer. Wireless Event Viewer Description Name File Description Settings:
To change the storage location of the log file. 1. Click Settings to open the Wireless Event Viewer Settings. 2. Specify the default folder for saved log files: The default location is the desktop. Click Browse to locate a new folder location. 3. File Name: Enter a file name for the log file. 4. Maximum Size: Enter the size of the file in kilobytes (KB). 5. Click OK to close and apply the new changes. Click Cancel to close without applying any changes If you want the log file copied to an archive site after a specific number of days:
1. Click Copy the log file to another location. 2. Destination Folder: Enter where to store the files or click Browse to 3. Frequency (days): Select how often you want the files moved to the select a folder location. destination folder. 4. Click OK to close and apply the new changes. Click Cancel to close without applying any changes. Exit: Click to exit Wireless Event Viewer and return to the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. NOTE: An administrator can use the Administrator Tool Application Setting, Wireless Event Log Viewer Preferences to set the default log file location. Mode Select whether you want to view current or past event traces. l Realtime Event Viewing (default): List of event traces from the current session with the Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter. l Log File Viewing: Select to view event traces saved in the log files from previous sessions with Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter. Help?
Provides help information for this page. Wireless Event Viewer Information About: Displays version information for the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Level: The severity level of the connection issue is indicated by an icon. The severity levels are:
l Information l Error l Warning Description: Brief description of the connection issue. Date and Time: Date and time of the detected connection issue. This column can be sorted in ascending or descending order. Click the column header to sort the displayed events. Opens log files archived from previous sessions with Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter. Removes the information in the Wireless Event Viewer. Saves the available log. Use the suggested name or change it. Open Clear Save As Resolve Errors Use the following recommendations to resolve network connection issues detected by Intel Wireless Troubleshooter. Did not receive an IP address The ad hoc network is idle and no peers have joined the network The ad hoc network is idle and all peers have left the network You are connected to a network with default network name (SSID). The network or the access point may not be configured with security You are connected to a network that is not configured with security and there are shared folders detected in your system The wireless network adapter in the system is disabled No wireless network adapter was detected in the system No wireless network adapter driver was installed Disconnection from an access point If you are an advanced user or administrator, use these error messages to diagnose problems within your wireless network profiles. The application failed to start Authentication failed due to invalid user name Authentication failed due to invalid user credentials Authentication failed due to an invalid user certificate Authentication failed due to invalid server identity Authentication failed due to invalid server credentials Authentication failed due to an invalid server certificate Authentication failed because the AAA server is unavailable The AAA server rejected the EAP method Incorrect PIN for retrieving certificate Error occurred because the GSM adapter was unexpectedly removed Smart Card was unexpectedly removed Authentication failed because timer expired An administrator profile failed to authenticate Administrator profile did not receive an IP address Did not receive an IP address The wireless adapter failed to get a valid IP address. The wireless security password or encryption key does not match the one used by the access point. Other causes are: the wireless network requires a static IP address; there is a problem with the DHCP server; or, a general network problem. To clear this message:
l Reenter the wireless security password in the network security settings. See to Personal Security. l Restart the access point, router, computer, and DSL/cable modem. l Verify the security configuration on the access point or wireless router. For assistance, contact your access point or router manufacturer. l Contact your Administrator for help to set up your wireless connection. The ad hoc network is idle and no peers have joined the network If you create an ad hoc network and no peers join that ad hoc network for two minutes, this alert notifies you that the ad hoc network is idle. This alert notification is enabled or disabled in the Application Settings. To clear this message:
1. From the Tools menu, click Application Settings. 2. Scroll down to locate Ad hoc Network Notification. 3. Clear Notify when no peers have joined the ad hoc network. 4. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. The ad hoc network is idle and all peers have left the network If you create or join an ad hoc network with other participants, this alert will notify you when any or all participants have left the ad hoc network. This alert notification is set in the Application Settings. To clear this message:
1. From the Tools menu, click Application Settings. 2. Scroll down to locate Device to Device (ad hoc) Network. 3. Clear Notify when all peers leave the ad hoc network. 4. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. You are connected to a network with default network name
(SSID). The network or the access point may not be configured with security Connecting to an access point that uses a default network name (SSID) can be a security problem. This access point usually uses all the default security and management settings (for example, Open authentication, default IP address, user name, or password.) If this is a personal network, change the network name and security settings to improve the security of the network. This alert notification is enabled or disabled in the Application Settings. To clear this message:
1. From the Tools menu, click Application Settings. 2. Scroll down to locate SSID Notification. 3. Clear Notify when connected to a network with the default SSID name. 4. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. You are connected to a network that is not configured with security and there are shared folders detected in your system File and printer sharing enables other computers on a network to access resources on your computer. You should be cautious when you use your wireless portable computer with file and printer sharing enabled. If you are alerted when connecting to a wireless LAN with shared folders, disable this notification by following the instructions below. This alert notification is enabled or disabled in the Application Settings. To clear this message and restore the network shared folders on disconnection:
1. From the Tools menu, click Application Settings. 2. Scroll down to locate Shared Folder Notification. 3. Select Disable this notification to maintain your current shared folder settings each time that you connect to an open, unsecured network. 4. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. The wireless network adapter in the system is disabled Enable the wireless adapter. 1. Right-click My Computer. 2. Select Properties. 3. Click Hardware. 4. Click Device Manager. 5. Click Network Adapters. 6. Right-click the Intel PRO/Wireless adapter that is listed. 7. Click Enable. 8. Click File Exit to close the Device Manager. 9. Click OK to close System Properties. No wireless network adapter was detected in the system The system could not detect an Intel wireless adapter is the system. The adapter may be removed or not installed. First verify if there is a wireless adapter listed in the Device Manager:
1. Right-click My Computer. 2. Select Properties. 3. Click Hardware. 4. Click Device Manager. 5. Click Network Adapters. Is an Intel PRO/Wireless adapter is listed, update the driver from the Intel Corporation Support Web site at http://
support.intel.com/. If an Intel PRO/Wireless adapter is not listed, contact your computer manufacturer. No wireless network adapter driver was detected in the system The system could not detect an Intel wireless adapter is the system. You may need to update the wireless adapter driver. First verify if there is a wireless adapter listed in the Device Manager:
1. Right-click My Computer. 2. Select Properties. 3. Click Hardware. 4. Click Device Manager. 5. Click Network Adapters. If the wireless adapter is listed:
1. Right click the Intel PRO/Wireless network card that is installed in your computer. 2. Click Update Driver. The Windows Welcome to the Hardware Update Wizard is displayed. 3. Click Yes, this time only. 4. Click Next. 5. If you receive the message Cannot Continue the Hardware Update Wizard, contact the Intel Corporation Support Web site at http://support.intel.com/. If the wireless adapter is not listed: Contact the Intel Corporation Support Web site at http://support.intel.com/. Disconnection from an Access Point The following error messages display when the wireless adapter is disconnected from the network access point. Disconnect from access point due to failed associations. Disconnect from access point due to authentication failures. Disconnect from access point due to TKIP Michael Integrity check failure. Disconnect from access point due to Class 2 frame non-authentication failure. Disconnect from access point due to Class 3 frame non-association failure. Disconnect from access point due to reassociation failure. Disconnect from access point due to Information Element failure. Disconnect from access point due to EAPOL-Key protocol four-way handshake failure. Disconnect from access point due to 802.1x authentication failure. Recommended action: Select the profile. Click Connect and try to associate with the network. The application failed to start The application that you specified to start when this profile connected, could not be found. Verify the path and file name in the Profile Manager Advanced Settings. To verify the path and file name:
1. From the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window, click Profiles. 2. Select the Profile. 3. Click Properties. 4. Click Advanced. 5. Click Enable Start Application. Verify that the file name and file location path are correct. 6. Click OK to close the Advanced Settings. 7. Click OK to close the General Settings and return to the Profiles list. Authentication failed due to invalid user name: Reenter user name This authentication error can be caused by an invalid user name. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Select the appropriate profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. Select the appropriate 802.1x Authentication Type. m For TTLS, PEAP, LEAP or EAP-FAST profiles: Use the following option should be selected. m Verify the User Name information. 5. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed due to invalid user credentials: Reenter credentials This authentication error can be caused by invalid user credentials (could be user name, password or other form of user credentials). Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Select a TTLS, PEAP, LEAP or EAP-FAST profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. The 802.1x Authentication Type should be selected. 5. Select Use the following for User Credentials. 6. Verify the User Name, Domain, and password information. l If Use Windows logon or Prompt each time I connect is selected, verify that you use the correct user credentials information when you connect to the wireless network. 7. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed due to an invalid user certificate: Select another certificate This authentication error can be caused by invalid server (domain) credentials. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Select the appropriate profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. Select the appropriate 802.1x Authentication Type. 5. Click Select and choose another certificate from the list of installed certificates. 6. Click OK. 7. For TLS profiles: Click Select and choose another certificate from the list of installed certificates. 8. Click OK. Notes about Certificates: The specified identity should match who the certificate is issued to and should be registered on the authentication server (for example, RADIUS server) that is used by the authenticator. Your certificate must be valid with respect to the authentication server. This requirement depends on the authentication server and generally means that the authentication server must know the issuer of your certificate as a Certificate Authority. You should be logged in with the same user name you used when the certificate was installed. start ="10"
1. Click Close. 2. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed due to invalid server identity: Reenter server name This authentication error can be caused by invalid server identity information. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
style="list-style: decimal;" type=1 1. Select the appropriate profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. Select the appropriate 802.1x Authentication Type. 5. For TTLS and PEAP profiles: Verify that the Roaming Identity server name is correct. 6. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed due to invalid server credentials: Reenter server credentials This authentication error can be caused by an invalid server (domain) credential. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Select the appropriate profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. Select the appropriate 802.1x Authentication Type. l For TTLS, PEAP and EAP-FAST profiles: Select Use the following for user credentials. n Verify the domain information. n If Use Windows logon or Prompt each time I connect is selected, verify that the correct domain credentials information is used when you connect to the wireless network. 5. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed due to an invalid server certificate: Select another certificate This authentication error can be caused by an invalid server certificate. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
style="list-style: decimal;" type=1 1. Select the appropriate profile from the Profiles list. 2. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 3. Click Next to open the Security Settings. Enterprise Security is selected. 4. The appropriate 802.1x Authentication Type is selected. l For TTLS and PEAP profiles: Verify that the correct Authentication Type is selected from the list. Click Next to select another certificate from the list of installed certificates or specify another server or certificate name. Click OK. m For TLS profiles: Click Select and choose another certificate from the list of installed certificates and click OK. Notes about certificates: The specified identity should match who the certificate is issued to and should be registered on the authentication server (for example, RADIUS server) that is used by the authenticator. Your certificate must be valid with respect to the authentication server. This requirement depends on the authentication server and generally means that the authentication server must know the issuer of your certificate as a Certificate Authority. You should be logged in with the same user name you used when the certificate was installed. 5. Click Close. 6. Click OK to save the settings. Authentication failed because the AAA server is unavailable The wireless adapter is associated to the access point, but the 802.1x authentication cannot be completed because of a response from the authentication server. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Select the profile 2. Click Connect and attempt to associate with the network and authenticate with the server. The AAA Server Rejected the EAP Method This error occurs when the AAA Server does not accept the configured authentication. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Double-click the Taskbar icon to open Intel PROSet/Wireless. 2. Click Profiles on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window. 3. Select the associated or last-used profile from the Profiles list. 4. Click Properties to open the General Settings. 5. Click Next to open the Security Settings. 6. Verify that Enable 802.1x is selected. 7. Verify that the correct authentication type is selected. 8. Enter the required security information. 9. Click OK. The profile is now reapplied. Intel PROSet/Wireless attempts to connect to the wireless network. Incorrect PIN for retrieving certificate: Reenter PIN The certificate retrieval failed because of an incorrect PIN. Recommended action: Enter the correct PIN. Error occurred because the GSM adapter was unexpectedly removed This error occurs when the GSM adapter is not fully inserted or is unexpectedly removed from the mobile station. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Reinsert the GSM adapter. 2. Double-click the Intel PROSet/Wireless Software icon at the bottom right of the screen. 3. Select the associated or last-used profile from the profiles list. 4. Click Connect. The profile is now re-applied. Intel PROSet/Wireless Software attempts to connect to the wireless network. Smart Card was unexpectedly removed This error occurred because the Smart Card was unexpectedly removed. Use the following steps to resolve this error:
1. Insert the Smart Card. 2. Select the 802.1x EAP-SIM authentication profile. 3. Click Connect to try to associate with the network. Authentication failed because timer expired Authentication failed because the authentication timer expired while this mobile station was authenticating. A Rogue access point or a problem with the RADIUS server could have been the reason for the problem. Recommended action:
l If a rogue access point is suspected, consider adding this access point to the excluded access point list to prevent the wireless adapter from connecting to this access point in the future. l If a rogue access point is not suspected, click the profile in the Profiles list. Click Connect to associate with the network and attempt to authenticate with the server. An administrator profile failed to authenticate This error occurs when the credentials in the profile are not accepted by the authenticator (for example, an access point or AAA server). Please contact your Administrator to resolve this problem. Administrator profile did not receive an IP address The wireless adapter failed to get a valid IP address. The wireless security password or encryption key does not match the one used by the access point. Other causes are: the wireless network requires a static IP address; there is a problem with the DHCP server; or, a general network problem. Recommended action: Contact your administrator to help set up your wireless connection. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Administrator Tool Set Administrator Password Administrator Tool Settings Administrator Packages Administrator Profiles l Persistent l Pre-Logon/Common Connection l Exclude Networks l Voice over IP (VoIP) Application Settings Adapter Settings Software EAP-FAST A-ID Groups Administrator Tasks The Administrator Tool is used by the person who has administrator privileges on this computer. This tool is used to configure common (shared) profiles, Pre-logon/Common profiles, and persistent connection profiles. The Administrator Tool can also be used by an Information Technology department to configure user settings within the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless software and to create custom install packages to export to other systems. The Administrator Tool is located on the Tools menu. It must be selected during a Custom installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software or the feature is not displayed in the Tools menu. Set Administrator Password Users cannot modify Administrator settings or profiles unless they have the password for this tool. When you first access the Administrator Tool, you are required to enter a password. The password must not exceed 100 characters. Null passwords are not allowed. NOTE: If you do not know the original password, there is no process available to reset the password. 1. Password: Create a password (maximum 100 characters). 2. Confirm Password: Reenter the password. 3. Click OK. The Open Administrator Package displays. To change the existing password:
1. Click Administrator Tool from the Tools menu. 2. Click Change Password on the password entry form. 3. Old Password: Enter the existing password. 4. New Password: Enter the new password. 5. Confirm Password: Reenter the new password again. 6. Click OK to save the new password and enter the Administrator Tool. Administrator Tool Settings An Administrator can determine which order Administrator profiles are placed in the Administrator Tool's Profiles list. 1. Click the Administrator Tool Tools menu. 2. Click Tools > Settings to open the Administrator Tool Settings. m Select Insert on top to always place Administrator profiles at the top of the Administrator Tool's Profiles list. m Select Insert on bottom to always place Administrator profiles at the bottom the Administrator Tool's Profiles list. m Click OK to close and return to the Administrator Tool. Administrator Packages Administrator Packages are used to save administrative profiles and other settings. You can copy or send this self-extracting executable file to clients on your network. When the executable runs, the contents are installed and configured on the destination computer. To create a new package:
1. On the Tools menu, click Administrator Tool. 2. Enter your password to access the Administrator Tool. 3. Open Administrator Package: Select one of the following operating system to create a new package or open an existing package. Name Create a Windows XP or Windows 2000 package Create a Windows Vista package Open an existing package Description Create a package that can be exported to a user's computer that has either Windows XP or Windows 2000 operating system. This package allows export of all 802.1x authentication EAP-type Pre-Logon/Common and Persistent profiles. Create a package that can be exported to a user's computer that has the Windows Vista operating system. This package allows export of EAP-TTLS and EAP-SIM Common profiles only. Select to browse for and open an existing package. 6. Click OK. 7. Configure the following options to be included in the package:
Name Profiles Application Settings Adapter Settings Software EAP-FAST A-ID Groups:
Software Description Click Include Profiles in this package. Profiles can be shared with other users. Click Include Application Settings in this package. Specify application settings to be enabled. Click Include Adapter Settings in this package. Specify initial values for adapter settings used on this computer. Click Include Software in this package. Define which software components are installed on this computer. Click Include A-ID Groups. Add A-ID Group to support multiple PACs from multiple A-IDs. NOTE: This feature is not available when creating an Administrator Package for Windows Vista clients. Click Include Software in this package. Define which software components are installed on this computer. NOTE: Refer to Software for information to reduce the size of the Administrator Package executable file. 7. Click Close. 8. You are notified: The current package is changed. Would you like to save the changes?
9. Click Yes. Save the executable file to a directory on the local disk drive. 10. Click Save. The file is created. NOTE: This may take several minutes. 11. Click Finished to view the package contents. m Click Apply this package to this computer if you want to use the package configuration on the Administrator's computer. m Copy the executable file to any user's computer to install the configuration that has been saved in the package. When you execute the package file, it is a silent install. NOTE: Administrator profiles for Windows Vista are stored in an XML format. NOTE: You can also select Save Package on the Administrator Tool File Menu to save the package. To edit a package:
1. Access the Administrator Tool. 2. On the Open Administrator Package page, click Open an existing package to edit an existing package. 3. Click Browse. Locate the package's executable file. 4. Click Open. Make your updates. 5. Click Close. 6. You are notified: The current package is changed. Would you like to save the changes?
7. Click Yes. Save the executable file to a directory on the local disk drive. NOTE: You can also select Open Package on the Administrator Tool File menu to edit an Administrator Package. Administrator Profiles Administrator Profiles are owned and managed by the network administrator or the administrator of this computer. These profiles are common or shared by all users on this computer. However, end users cannot modify these profiles. They can only be modified from the Administrator Tool, which is password protected. There are two types of Administrator Profiles: Persistent or Pre-logon/Common. You can also configure Voice over IP (VoIP) settings for export to a soft-phone application. NOTE: For Windows Vista packages, only EAP-SIM and TTLS Common profiles can be created. Persistent Connection Persistent profiles are applied at boot time or whenever no one is logged on the computer. After a user logs off, a Persistent profile maintains a wireless connection either until the computer is turned off or a different user logs on. Persistent Connect key points:
l The following types of profiles can be created as Persistent profiles:
m All profiles that do not require 802.1x authentication (for example, Open authentication with WEP encryption, Open authentication with no encryption). m All profiles with 802.1x authentication that have the credentials saved: LEAP or EAP-FAST. m Profiles with security settings that include the "Use the following user name and password" option. m Profiles that use the machine certificate to authenticate. m WPA-Enterprise profiles that do not use a user certificate. m WPA-Personal profiles. l Persistent profiles are applied at system power up and after a user logs off. To create a Persistent Profile:
1. Click Include Profiles in this package . 2. Click Persistent. 3. Click Add to open the General Settings. 4. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 5. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the name of your wireless network. 6. Operating Mode: Network (Infrastructure) is selected by default. 7. Administrator Profile Type: Persistent: Active when no users are logged on is selected. 8. Click Next. 9. Select Enterprise Security to open the Security Settings. See TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, or EAP-FAST for 802.1x security configuration information. 10. Click OK. Pre-Logon/Common Connection Pre-logon/Common profiles are applied prior to a user log on. If Single Sign On support is installed, the connection is made prior to the the Windows log on sequence (Pre-logon/
Common). If Single Sign On support is not installed, the profile is applied once the user session is active. Pre-logon/Common profiles always appear at the top of a the Profiles list. Users can still prioritize profiles that they have created but they cannot reprioritize Pre-logon/Common profiles. Because these profiles appear at the top of the profiles list, Intel PROSet/Wireless automatically attempts to connect to the Administrator profiles first before any user created profiles. NOTE: Only administrators can create or export Pre-logon/Common profiles. Pre-logon/Common Connect key points are:
l Pre-logon/Common Connect is active only at the Windows log on. l The following types of profiles can be created as Pre-logon/Common profiles:
m 802.1x MD5, PEAP, TTLS or EAP-FAST profiles that use either the "Use Windows Logon user name and password" or "Use the following user name and password"
credentials when configuring the profile's security settings. m LEAP profiles that use the "Prompt for the user name and password." credentials when configuring the profile's security settings. m 802.1x PEAP or TTLS profiles with user or machine certificates (the user must have administrative rights to use machine certificates). m TLS profiles that use digital certificates to verify the identity of a client and a server. m EAP-SIM profiles that use a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card to validate your credentials with the network. m All non-802.1x (Open and WEP) Common or User Based profiles. l A Pre-logon/Common profile is applied at Windows user log-on time. Pre-Logon/Common Connection Status Pre-logon/Common Connect support is installed during a Custom install of the Intel PROSet/
Wireless software. Refer to Install and Uninstall the Single Sign On Feature for more information. NOTE: If the Single Sign On or Pre-logon/Common Connect features are not installed, an administrator is still able to create Pre-logon/Common profiles for export to a user's computer. The following describes how the Pre-logon/Common Connect feature functions from system power-up. The assumption is that a saved profile exists. This saved profile has valid security settings marked with "Use Windows Logon user name and password" that is applied at the time of Windows log on. 1. After a system power-up, enter your Windows log on domain, user name, and password. 2. Click OK. The Pre-logon/Common profile Status page displays the progress of the network connection. After the wireless adapter is connected to the network access point, the Status page closes and the Windows user logs on. n If the corresponding access point rejects your credentials during the Pre-
logon/Common Connect, the profile credentials prompts you for your user credentials. n Enter your credentials. n Click OK. The profile is applied and the Status page displays the progress of the connection status until you are logged onto Windows. n Click Cancel on the Credentials page to select another profile. NOTE: A user certificate can only be accessed by a user that has been authenticated on the computer. Therefore, a user should log onto the computer once (using either a wired connection, alternate profile or local log in) before using a Pre-logon/Common profile that authenticates with a user certificate. When you log off, any wireless connection is disconnected and a persistent profile (if one is available) is applied. Under certain circumstances it is desirable to maintain the current connection (for example, if user-specific data needs to be uploaded to the server post-log off or when roaming profiles are used). Create a profile which is marked as both Pre-logon/Common and persistent to achieve this functionality. If such a profile is active when the user logs off, the connection is maintained. To create a Pre-logon/Common Profile:
1. Click Include Profiles in this package. 2. Click Pre-logon/Common. 3. Click Add to open the General Settings. 4. Profile Name: Enter a descriptive profile name. 5. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 6. Operating Mode: Network (Infrastructure) is selected by default. 7. Administrator Profile Type: Pre-logon/Common: Active when a user is logged on. This profile is shared by all users. This profile type is already selected. 8. Click Next. 9. Click Advanced to open the Advanced Settings. Use the Advanced Settings to set the following:
Name Auto Connect Description Select to automatically or manually connect to a profile. Mandatory Access Point Select to associate the wireless adapter with a specific access point. Password Protection NOTE: Unavailable for Administrator Profiles. Start Application:
NOTE: Unavailable for Administrator Profiles. User Name Format An administrator can select the user name format for the authentication server. The choices are:
l user (default) l user@domain l user@domain.com l DOMAIN\user NOTE: User Name Format is available only in the Advanced Settings in the Administrator Tool. It is unavailable when creating a user profile from the Intel PROSet/Wireless Create Wireless Profile manager. 10. Click OK to close the Advanced Settings. 11. Select Enterprise Security to open the Security Settings. See EAP-SIM, TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, or EAP-FAST for 802.1x security configuration information. 12. Click OK to save the profile and add it to the Administrator profiles list. NOTE: If a Persistent connection was already established, a Pre-Login/Common profile is ignored unless the profile is configured with both Pre-logon/Common and Persistent connection options. Exclude Networks Administrators can designate networks to be excluded from connection. Once a network is excluded, only an administrator can remove the network from the Exclude list. The excluded network is displayed in the Intel PROSet/Wireless Exclude List Management. NOTE: Unavailable for Windows Vista packages. To exclude a network:
1. Click Include Profiles in this package. 2. Click Exclude. 3. Click Add to open the Exclude Network (SSID). 4. Network Name: Enter the network name of the network that you want to exclude. 5. Click OK to add the network name to the list. To remove a network from exclusion:
1. Select the network name in the Exclude list. 2. Click Remove. The network is deleted from the list. Voice over IP (VoIP) Connection Intel PROSet/Wireless software supports VoIP third-party soft-phone applications. Third-party VoIP applications support Voice Codecs. Codecs generally provide a compression capability to save network bandwidth. Intel PROSet/Wireless software supports the following International Telecommunications Union
(ITU) codec standards:
Algorithm Codec ITU G.711 PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) ITU G.722 SBADPCM (Sub-Band Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation) ITU G.723 Multi-rate Coder ITU G.726 ADPCM (Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation) ITU G.727 Variable-Rate ADPCM ITU G.728 LD-CELP (Low-Delay Code Excited Linear Prediction) ITU G.729 CS-ACELP (Conjugate Structure Algebraic-Code Excited Linear Prediction) An administrator can export VoIP settings to configure various codec data rates and frame rates to improve voice quality in VoIP transmissions. To configure VoIP settings:
NOTE: Ensure Voice over IP is not disabled in the Administrator Tool Application Settings. It is enabled by default. 1. Click Include Profiles in this package. 2. Click VoIP. 3. Click Add to open the Create VoIP Profiles page. 4. Select the Codec bandwidth, application usage, and frame rate. For Voice Data:
G711 has 10ms frame rate with 64kbps bit rate G722 has 10ms frame rate with 64kbps bit rate G723 has 30ms frame rate with either 5.3kbps or 6.4kbps bit rate G726-32 has 10ms frame rate with 32kbps bit rate G728 has 2.5ms frame rate with 16kbps bit rate G729 has 10ms frame rate with 10kbps bit rate Codec Usage Frame Rate l Interactive Voice l Audio Conference l Voice Data l Video l Streaming Audio l 10 l 20 l 30 l G711_64kbps l G722_64kbps l G722_56kbps l G722_48kbps l G722_1_32kbps l G722_1_24kbps l G722_1_16kbps l G726_16kbps l G726_24kbps l G726_32kbps l G726_40kbps l G728_16kbps l G729a_8kbps l G729e_11_8kbps l GIPS_iPCM_VARIABLE l G722_2_VARIABLE 5. Click OK to return to the Profiles list. 6. Click Close to save the profile settings to a package. Application Settings An administrator can select which level of control that users have over their wireless network connections. To configure Application Settings:
1. Click Include Application Settings in this package. 2. Enable or disable each setting listed in the table below. Name Description 802.1x Authentication Enable a user to create or connect to profiles that support different 802.1x authentication EAP types. Administrator Tool Application Auto Launch Application On Radio Toggle CCXv4 Cache Credentials Device to Device (ad hoc) Import and Export Maintain Connection Message On Radio Toggle Persistent Connection Microsoft Windows XP Coexistence Pre-Logon/Common Cisco Mode Profile Connectivity Security Level Single Sign On Select which 802.1x authentication EAP types you want enabled on a users computer: EAP SIM, EAP LEAP, EAP TLS, EAP TTLS, EAP PEAP, EAP FAST. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Disable access to the Administrator Tool on a users computer. Select to start a batch file, executable file, or script automatically when a specific profile connects to the network. For example, start a Virtual Private Network
(VPN) session automatically whenever a user connects to a wireless network. Enables a third-party application to disable the Intel PROSet/Wireless Enable Radio or Disable Radio switch. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select Enable CCXx4 to Enable Cisco Compatible Extensions, version 4 (CCXv4) features for EAP-FAST profiles. NOTE: The EAP-FAST A-ID (Authority Identifier) Groups feature in the Administrator Tool is unavailable if CCXv4 is not enabled. Select which of the following prompts to enable or disable on a user's computer for EAP-FAST PAC provisioning:
Turn off prompts and warnings for unauthenticated provisioning: Option to turn off prompts and warnings for PAC auto-provisioning if there is no PAC or there is no PAC that matches the A-ID sent by the server that it is connected to. Turn off prompts when switching default server
(A-ID): Option to turn off prompts when a client encounters a server that has provisioned a PAC before but is not currently selected as the default server. Turn off unauthenticated provisioning after PAC is provisioned: Option to turn off auto-provisioning automatically after a PAC for that A-ID has been provisioned. NOTE: This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection or an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select to save credentials after a user logs on. If the wireless connection temporarily disconnects, the saved credentials are used upon reconnection. The credentials are cleared when the user logs off. NOTE: If cleared, The Prompt each time I connect option is unavailable when creating profiles Enable or disable whether a user is able to either create Device to Device (ad hoc) profiles or join Device to Device (ad hoc) networks. Select one of the following to enable or disable whether the user can connect to device to device networks:
l Enable device to device networking. l Enable secure device to device networking only. l Disable device to device networking. Select to either allow a user to configure profiles with device to device (ad hoc) settings or prevent configuration of device to device (ad hoc) profiles. l Show device to device application settings l Hide device to device application settings. To remove the Device to Device (ad hoc) operating mode from the Create Wireless Profile General Settings, select both Disable device to device networking and Hide device to device application settings. This prevents a user from creating profiles that support Device to Device (ad hoc) network. Select to import to or export profiles from a users computer. Enable permits auto import of user profiles when copied to an auto import folder. Select to hide the Maintain Connection option in the Create Wireless Profile Advanced Settings. The Maintain Connection option maintains the wireless connection with a user profile after log off. NOTE: The Maintain Connection option may be used with Nortel VPN client when it is configured to Logoff on Connect. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Enables a third-party application to notify a user that the Intel PROSet/Wireless radio is either on or off. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select Ensure that persistent connection and computer policies are updated prior to user log on. NOTE:Updating policies may delay the log on screen for up to 2 minutes. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select Enable Microsoft Wireless Zero Configuration and Intel PROSet/Wireless to coexist on this system. Enable this option to allow Microsoft Wireless Zero Configuration and Intel PROSet/Wireless to exist together on this system. When you select this option, you prevent Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration Service from being disabled when Intel PROSet/Wireless is enabled. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Enable Cisco Mode during a Pre-logon/Common Connection. Cisco access points have the capability to support multiple wireless network names (SSIDs) but only broadcast one. In order to connect to such an access point, an attempt is made to connect with each profile. This is referred to as Cisco Mode. NOTE: The Pre-logon/Common Connection may take longer to connect. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select the profile connectivity level on a users computer. Disable Intel user-profile switching. Users are only able to connect with the first Pre-logon/Common profile or connect with Pre-logon/Common profiles only. l Allow the user to connect to all administrator profiles. l Allow the user to only connect to the first administrator profile. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select the security level on a user's computer?
Users are able to connect to profiles only with this security level. l Allow the user to connect to networks with Personal Security only. l Allow the user to connect to networks with Enterprise Security only. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select which Administrator Profile types are enabled on a user computer. l Persistent Connection: Profiles are active during start up and when no user is logged onto the computer. l Pre-Logon/Common Connection: Profiles are active immediately once a user logs onto the computer. Common profiles are enabled if Pre-logon/
Common features are not installed on a users computer. Common profiles are active after a user has logged on and the session becomes active. Persistent and Pre-Logon/Common profiles are placed at the top of the users profiles list. They cannot be changed or deleted by a user. Support Information NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Specify the support information displayed in the About box of the Intel PROSet/Wireless Software. l Support URL: Enter the support center web site that you want your customers to access for technical support. l Support Phone Number: Enter the telephone number that you want your customers to call for technical support. Voice over IP Wi-Fi Manager Enables a third-party software to use the VoIP application on a user's computer. The default setting enables this feature. NOTE: This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection or an Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Select which Wi-Fi manager controls a users wireless connections. Use either the previous logged on users Wi-Fi manager or allow each user to select their preferred Wi-Fi manager. l Allow all users to switch between Intel PROSet/
Wireless and Microsoft Windows XP Wireless Zero Configuration after log on. l Wi-Fi manager at log on is determined by the active Wi-Fi manager when the last user logged off. Wi-Fi(R) Protected Setup Wireless Event Log Viewer NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Enable registering other devices. Intel PROSet/Wireless software can be configured to operate as a registrar for a Wi-Fi Protected Setup supported access points. The registrar securely transfers the access point key or password automatically or manually with a USB flash drive or other external device. Click Hide Enable Device Registration Application Setting to hide the Enable device registration Application Settings NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select where to save the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter Wireless Event Viewer Log file. 1. In the Intel Wireless Troubleshooter, click File >
Settings to open the Wireless Event Viewer Settings. 2. Specify the default folder for saved log files:
The default location is the desktop. Click Browse to locate a new folder location. 3. File Name: The file name is set by default. it includes the computer name, domain name and user name of the person 4. Maximum Size: Enter the size of the file in kilobytes (KB). 5. Click OK to close and apply the new changes. Click Cancel to close without applying any changes If you want the log file copied to an archive site after a specific number of days:
1. Click Copy the log file to another location. 2. Destination Folder: Enter where to store the files or click Browse to select a folder location. 3. Frequency (days): Select how often you want the files moved to the destination folder. 4. Click OK to close and apply the new changes. Click Cancel to close without applying any changes. Wireless On/Off NOTE: Enable registering other devices. Intel PROSet/
Wireless software can be configured to operate as a registrar for a Wi-Fi Protected Setup supported access points. The registrar securely transfers the access point key or password automatically or manually with a USB flash drive or other external device. Click Hide Enable Device Registration Application Setting to hide the Enable device registration Application Settings NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Select Disable Wireless On/Off selection to prevent a user from accessing the Wireless On or Wireless Off control on the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window or Taskbar menu. A user is notified that The feature is disabled by the administrator if they attempt to turn on or off the radio control. Select Add 802.11a Radio On/Off selection to add the 802.11a Wireless On/Off control to the Taskbar menu and the Intel PROSet/Wireless main window on a user's computer. Select Disable 802.11a Radio On/Off selection to prevent a user from turning off the 802.11a radio. A user is notified that The feature is disabled by the administrator if they attempt to turn on or off the 802.11a radio control. Once this feature is installed on a user's computer, follow the instructions below to turn on or off the 802.11a radio control. To turn off the 802.11a radio:
1. On the Intel PROSet/Wireless Main window, click the Wireless On button. The list of radio options is displayed. 2. Select 802.11a Radio Off. The 802.11a radio is now inactive. To turn on the 802.11a radio:
1. On the Intel PROSet/Wireless Main window, click the 802.11a Radio Off button. The list of radio options is displayed. 2. Select Wireless On. The 802.11a radio is now active. NOTE: This option is available only for wireless adapters that support 802.11a, 802.11b and 802.11g. This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. NOTE: This setting is unavailable for Windows Vista packages. Closes the Administrator Tool. Provides help information for this page. Close Help?
Adapter Settings To configure Adapter Settings:
1. Click Include Adapter Settings in this package. 2. For each setting listed in the table below, select one of the following options:
m Use default value: Resets the setting on the user machine to the default value. m No change: Maintains the user selected value. The administrator decides not to enforce all the settings on a user's computer. The user can change the adapter setting values from the Intel PROSet/Wireless Advanced menu. m Select the value: The administrator selects the value that is to be used on the user's computer. Name Description 802.11n Channel Width Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20Mhz. Auto is the default setting. 802.11n Mode Ad Hoc Channel NOTE: This setting is available only if the adapter is an Intel
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_. The 802.11n standard builds upon previous 802.11x standards by adding multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). MIMO increases data throughput to improve transfer rate. Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11n mode of the adapter. Enabled is the default setting. An administrator can enable or disable support for high throughput mode to reduce power-consumption or conflicts with other bands or compatibility issues. NOTE: This setting is available only if the adapter is an Intel
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_. There is no need to change the channel unless the other computers in the ad hoc network use a different channel from the default channel. Value: Select the allowed operating channel from the list. l 802.11b/g: Select this option when 802.11b and 802.11b (2.4 GHz) ad hoc band frequency is used. l 802.11a: Select this option when 802.11a (5 GHz) ad hoc band frequency is used. NOTE: When an 802.11a channel is not displayed, ad hoc networks are not supported for the channel. Ad Hoc Power Management Set power saving features for Device to Device (ad hoc) networks. l Disable: Select when connecting to ad hoc networks that contain stations that do not support ad hoc power management l Maximum Power Savings: Select to optimize battery life. l Noisy Environment: Select to optimize performance or connecting with multiple clients. Ad Hoc QoS Mode Mixed Mode Protection Power Management Preamble Mode Roaming Aggressiveness NOTE: This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection or an Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Quality of Service (QoS) control in ad hoc networks. QoS provides prioritization of traffic from the access point over a wireless LAN based on traffic classification. WMM (Wi-Fi MultiMedia) is the QoS certification of the Wi-Fi Alliance (WFA). When WMM is enabled, the adapter uses WMM to support priority tagging and queuing capabilities for Wi-Fi networks. l WMM Enabled.(Default) l WMM Disabled NOTE: This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection or an Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection. Use to avoid data collisions in a mixed 802.11b and 802.11g environment. Request to Send/Clear to Send (RTS/CTS) should be used in an environment where clients may not hear each other. CTS-to-self can be used to gain more throughput in an environment where clients are in close proximity and can hear each other. Power Management: Allows you to select a balance between power consumption and adapter performance. The wireless adapter power settings slider sets a balance between the computer's power source and the battery. Select a balance between power consumption and adapter performance. PSP - Power Saving Mode CAM - Constantly Awake Mode Select one of the Power Saving Mode levels:
PSP CAM: The client adapter is powered up continuously. PSP Level 1: PSP set at maximum power. PSP Levels 2-4: PSP set to maximize power. PSP Level 5: PSP set to maximize battery life. PSP Auto: Default in PSP Level 6: Balances between power consumption and battery life. NOTE: Power consumption savings vary based on infrastructure settings. Changes the preamble length setting received by the access point during an initial connection. Always use a long preamble length to connect to an access point. Auto Tx Preamble allows automatic preamble detection. If supported, short preamble should be used. If not, use long preamble (Long Tx Preamble). NOTE: This feature is not installed through an Administrator Package when a user's computer has an Intel PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection. Define how aggressively a wireless client roams to improve connection to an access point Click Use default value to balance between not roaming and performance or select a value from the list. Values:
0: No Roaming: Your wireless client does not roam. Only significant link quality degradation causes it to roam to another access point 1-3: Allow Roaming 2: Default: Balances between not roaming and performance. Click Use default value to select. 4: Maximum Roaming. Throughput Enhancement Change the value of the Packet Burst Control. l Enable: Select to enable throughput enhancement. l Disable: (Default) - Select to disable throughput enhancement. Transmit Power If you decrease the transmit power, you reduce the radio coverage. Default Setting: Highest power setting Values:
TX Minimum: Lowest Minimum Coverage: Set the adapter to a lowest transmit power. Enable you to expand the number of coverage areas or confine a coverage area. Reduce the coverage area in high traffic areas to improve overall transmission quality and avoid congestion and interference with other devices. TX Level 1, TX Level 2, TX Level 3: Set by country requirements. TX Maximum: Highest Maximum Coverage:
Set the adapter to a maximum transmit power level. Select for maximum performance and range in environments with limited additional radio devices. NOTE: The optimal setting is for a user to always set the transmit power at the lowest possible level still compatible with the quality of their communication. This allows the maximum number of wireless devices to operate in dense areas and reduce interference with other devices that this radio shares radio spectrum with. Wireless Mode NOTE:This setting takes effect when either Network
(Infrastructure) or Device to Device (ad hoc) mode is used. Select which band to use for connection to a wireless network:
l 802.11a only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11a l 802.11b only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11b l 802.11g only: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11g networks only. networks only. networks only. l 802.11a and 802.11g: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11a and 802.11g networks only. l 802.11b and 802.11g: Connect the wireless adapter to 802.11b and 802.11g networks only. l 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g: (Default) Connect to either 802.11a, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless networks. NOTE: These wireless modes (modulation types) determine the discovered access points displayed in the Wireless Networks list. NOTE: This setting is not applicable for Windows Vista(TM) client. Saves settings and return to the previous page. Closes the page and cancels any changes. Provides help information for this page. OK Close Help?
Software Select which Intel PROSet/Wireless software components are installed on a user's computer. 1. Select Include Software in this package. 2. Place the Intel PROSet/Wireless installation CD in the CD drive. 3. Specify the Intel PROSet/Wireless Software Installation directory: Click Browse to locate the Autorun.exe file. 4. Click OK. 5. Specify which components you want to include in this package: Select which applications to install on a user's computer. Name Wireless LAN adapter driver Intel PROSet/
Wireless Description Installs the NDIS driver for the wireless LAN adapter. Select which features to install on a user's computer. l Intel(R) Wireless Troubleshooter: Helps you resolve wireless connection issues. l Single Sign On: Matches your Windows log on user name and password credentials for wireless network connections. m Pre-logon/Common Connect: A Pre-logon/Common profile is active once a user logs onto the computer. l WMI Support: (Windows Management Instrumentation) Allows administrators who do not have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed to remotely manage clients that do have Intel PROSet/Wireless installed. l Administrator Tool: Installs the Administrator Tool to the Tools menu. NOTE: Intel Wireless Troubleshooter and Single Sign On are not applicable for Windows Vista Client. To reduce the size of the software files in your Administrator Package:
1. Copy the installation folders from your Intel PROSet/Wireless software to a local directory. 2. Remove unused language folders from the \IA32\Docs\ and the \IA32\IProLang folders. For example, if you only need the English folders, you can remove all the language folders except ENU. NOTE: If you create an Administrator Package on a Microsoft Windows XP Professional x64 Edition system, the language files are located in the \Docs and the
\IA32E\IProLang folders. 3. Use the files from your local directory to add the software files to the Administrator package. NOTE: If you plan to use Novell(R) Client(TM) for Windows, it should be installed prior to installation of the Intel PROSet/Wireless software. If Intel PROSet/Wireless is already installed, you should remove it prior to installation of Novell Client for Windows. EAP-FAST A-ID Groups NOTE: This feature is unavailable if CCXv4 is not selected in the Administrator Tool Application Settings An Authority Identifier (A-ID) is the radius server that provisions Protected Access Credential
(PACs) A-ID groups. A-ID groups are shared by all users of the computer and allow EAP-FAST profiles to support multiple PACs from multiple A-IDs. The A-ID groups can be pre-configured by the administrator and set up through an Administrator Package on a user's computer. When a wireless network profile encounters a server with an A-ID within the same group of the A-ID specified in the wireless network profile, it uses this PAC without a prompt to the user. To add an A-ID Group:
1. Select Include A-ID Groups. 2. Click Add. 3. Enter a new A-ID group name. 4. Click OK. The A-ID group is added to the A-ID Group list. If the A-ID group is locked, then additional A-IDs cannot be added to the group. To add an A-ID to an A-ID group:
1. Select a group from the A-ID Groups list. 2. Click Add in the A-IDs section. 3. Select an A-ID. 4. Click OK. The A-ID is added to the list. Once an A-ID group has been selected, the A-IDs are extracted from the PACs on the A-ID group server. The list of A-IDs is automatically populated. NOTE: EAP-FAST AID Groups are not applicable for Windows Vista Client. Administrator Tasks How to Obtain a Client Certificate If you do not have any certificates for EAP-TLS (TLS) or EAP-TTLS (TTLS) you must obtain a client certificate to allow authentication. Certificates are managed from either Internet Explorer or the Microsoft Windows Control Panel. Windows XP and Windows 2000: When a client certificate is obtained, do not enable strong private key protection. If you enable strong private key protection for a certificate, you need to enter an access password for the certificate every time this certificate is used. You must disable strong private key protection for the certificate if you configure the service for TLS or TTLS authentication. Otherwise, the 802.1x service fails authentication because there is no logged in user to provide the required password. Notes about Smart Cards After a Smart Card is installed, the certificate is automatically installed on your computer and is chosen from the personal certificate store and root certificate store. Set up a Client with TLS Network Authentication Step 1: Obtain a certificate To allow TLS authentication, you need a valid client certificate in the local repository for the logged-in user's account. You also need a trusted CA certificate in the root store. The following information provides two methods for obtaining a certificate:
l From a corporate certification authority (CA) implemented on a Windows 2000 server. l Import a certificate from a file with Internet Explorer's certificate import wizard. If you do not know how to obtain a user certificate from the CA, consult your administrator for the procedure. To install the CA on the local machine:
1. Obtain the CA and store it on your local drive. 2. Click Import. The Certificate Import Wizard opens. 3. Click Next. 4. Click Browse to locate the certificate on your local drive. 5. Click the exported certificate. 6. Click Open. 7. Click Next. 8. Click Place all certificates in the following store. 9. Click Browse to open the Select Certificate Store. 10. Click Show physical stores. 11. Click OK. 12. From the list of stores, scroll up and expand Trusted Root Certificate Authorities. 13. Click Local Computer. 14. Click OK. 15. Click Next. 16. Click Finish to complete the process. 17. Reboot after a certificate is installed. Use Microsoft Management Console (MMC) to verify that the CA is installed in the machine store. 1. In the Start menu, click Run. 2. Enter MMC. 3. Click OK to open The Microsoft Management Console. 4. Click File. 5. Click Add/Remove Snap-in. 6. Click Add to open the Add Standalone Snap-in page. 7. Click Certificates. 8. Click Add. 9. Click Computer account. 10. Click Next. 11. Click Finish. 12. Click Close. 13. Click OK. 14. In the console, click Certificates (Local Computer). 15. Click Trusted Root Certificate Authorities. 16. Click Certificates. 17. Verify that the CA you just installed is listed. 18. Click File. 19. Click Exit to close the console. Obtain a certificate from a Microsoft Windows 2000 CA:
1. Start Internet Explorer and browse to the Certificate Authority HTTP Service (use an URL such as http://yourdomainserver.yourdomain/certsrv with certsrv being the command that brings you to the certificate authority. You can also use the IP address of the server machine. For example, "192.0.2.12/certsrv."
2. Logon to the CA with the name and password of the user account you created on the authentication server. The name and password do not have to be the same as the Windows log on name and password of the current user. 3. On the Welcome page of the CA, select Request a certificate task and submit the form. 4. Choose Request Type: Select Advanced request. 5. Click Next. 6. Advanced Certificate Requests: Select Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form. 7. Click Submit. 8. Advanced Certificate Request: Select User certificate template. 9. Click Mark keys as exportable. 10. Click Next. Use the provided defaults. 11. Certificate Issued: Click Install this certificate. NOTE: If this is the first certificate you have obtained, the CA first asks you if it should install a trusted CA certificate in the root store. This is not a trusted CA certificate. The name on the certificate is that of the host of the CA. Click Yes. You need this certificate for both TLS and TTLS. 12. If your certificate was successfully installed, you see the message, "Your new certificate has been successfully installed."
13. To verify the installation, click Internet Explorer Tools Internet Options Content Certificates. The new certificate should be installed in the Personal folder. Import a Certificate from a File 1. Open Internet Properties (right-click on the Internet Explorer icon on the desktop. 2. Select Properties. 3. Content: Click Certificates. The list of installed certificates appears. 4. Click Import to open the Certificate Import Wizard. 5. Select the file. 6. Specify your access password for the file. Clear Enable strong private key protection. 7. Certificate store: Click Automatically select certificate store based on the type of certificate (the certificate must be in the user accounts personal store to be accessible). 8. Proceed to Completing the Certificate Import and click Finish. To configure a profile with WPA authentication with WEP or TKIP encryption that uses TLS authentication:
NOTE: Obtain and install a client certificate, refer to Step 1 or consult your administrator. Specify the certificate used by Intel PROSet/Wireless style="list-style-type: decimal"
1. On the Profile page, click Add to open General Settings. 2. Profile Name: Enter a profile name. 3. Wireless Network Name (SSID): Enter the network identifier. 4. Operating Mode: Click Network (Infrastructure). 5. Click Next to access the Security Settings. 6. Click Enterprise Security. 7. Network Authentication: Select Open (Recommended). 8. Data Encryption: Select WEP. 9. 802.1x Enabled: Selected. 10. Authentication Type: Select TLS. Step 1 of 2: TLS User 1. Obtain and install a client certificate. 2. Select one of the following to obtain a certificate:
Name Static Password One-time password (OTP) Obtain the password from a hardware token device. PIN (Soft Token) Description On connection, enter the user credentials. Obtain the password from a soft token program. 3. Click Next. Step 2 of 2: TLS Server 1. Select one of the following credential retrieval methods: Validate Server Certificate or Specify Server or Certificate Name. 2. Click OK. The profile is added to the Profiles list. 3. Click the new profile at the end of the Profiles list. Use the up and down arrows to change the priority of the new profile. 4. Click Connect to connect to the selected wireless network. 5. Click OK to close Intel PROSet/Wireless. Back to Top Back to Contents Back to Contents Glossary of Terms Numerical A B C D E F G H I L M N O P R S T W Term 802.11 802.11a 802.11b 802.11g 802.1x AAA Server Access Point
(AP) ad hoc network AES-CCMP Definition The 802.11 standard refers to a family of specifications developed by the IEEE for wireless LAN technology. The 802.11 specifies an over-the-air interface between a wireless client and a base station or between two wireless clients and provides 1 or 2 Mbps transmission in the 2.4 GHz band using either frequency hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) or direct sequence spread spectrum
(DSSS). The 802.11a standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps and an operating frequency of 5 GHz. The 802.11a standard uses the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) transmission method. Additionally, the 802.11a standard supports 802.11 features such as WEP encryption for security. 802.11b is an extension to 802.11 that applies to wireless LANS and provides 11 Mbps transmission (with a fallback to 5.5, 2 and 1 Mbps) in the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b uses only DSSS. Throughput data rate 5+ Mbps in the 2.4 GHz band. The 802.11g standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps, an operating frequency of 2.4GHz, and WEP encryption for security. 802.11g networks are also referred to as Wi-Fi networks. 802.1x is the IEEE Standard for Port-Based Network Access Control. This is used in conjunction with EAP methods to provide access control to wired and wireless networks. Authentication, Authorization and Accounting Server. A system to control access to computer resources and track user activity. A device that connects wireless devices to another network. For example, a wireless LAN, Internet modem or others. A communication configuration in which every computer has the same capabilities, and any computer can initiate a communication session. Also known as a peer-to-peer network or a computer-to-
computer network. Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol is the new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard. AES-CCMP provides a stronger encryption method than TKIP. BER CCX CKIP Bit Rate Certificate CA (certificate authority) Broadcast SSID BSSID Authentication Verifies the identity of a user logging onto a network. Passwords, digital certificates, smart cards and biometrics are used to prove the identity of the client to the network. Passwords and digital certificates are also used to identify the network to the client. Bit error rate. The ratio of errors to the total number of bits being sent in a data transmission from one location to another. The total number of bits (ones and zeros) per second that a network connection can support. Note that this bit rate will vary, under software control, with different signal path conditions. Used to allow an access point to respond to clients on a wireless network by sending probes. A unique identifier for each wireless client on a wireless network. The Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) is the Ethernet MAC address of each adapter on the network. A corporate certification authority implemented on a server. In addition, Internet Explorers certificate can import a certificate from a file. A trusted CA certificate is stored in the root store. Cisco Compatible eXtension. Cisco Compatible Extensions Program ensures that devices used on Cisco wireless LAN infrastructure meet the security, management and roaming requirements. Used for client authentication. A certificate is registered on the authentication server (i.e., RADIUS server) and used by the authenticator. Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) is a Cisco proprietary security protocol for encryption in 802.11 media. CKIP uses a key message integrity check and message sequence number to improve 802.11 security in infrastructure mode. CKIP is Cisco's version of TKIP. The computer that gets its Internet connection by sharing either the host computer's connection or the Access Point's connection. Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with FHSS. Short for Extensible Authentication Protocol, EAP sits inside of Point-to-Point Protocols (PPP) authentication protocol and provides a generalized framework for several different authentication methods. EAP is supposed to head off proprietary authentication systems and let everything from passwords to challenge-response tokens and public-key infrastructure certificates all work smoothly. EAP-FAST, like EAP-TTLS and PEAP, uses tunneling to protect traffic. The main difference is that EAP-FAST does not use certificates to authenticate. The EAP-GTC (Generic Token Card) is similar to the EAP-OTP except with hardware token cards. The request contains a displayable message, and the response contains the string read from the hardware token card. EAP-OTP (One-Time Password) is similar to MD5, except it uses the OTP as the response. The request contains a displayable message. The OTP method is defined in RFC 2289. The OTP mechanism is employed extensively in VPN and PPP scenarios but not in the wireless world Extensible Authentication Protocol-Subscriber Identity Module (EAP-
SIM) authentication can be used with:
Client computer DSSS EAP-FAST EAP-GTC EAP-OTP EAP-SIM EAP l Network Authentication types: Open, Shared, and WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise. l Data Encryption types: None, WEP and CKIP. A SIM card is a special smart card that is used by GSM-based digital cellular networks. The SIM card is used to validate your credentials with the network A type of authentication method using EAP and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates that use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. A type of authentication method using EAP and Tunneled Transport Layer Security (TTLS). EAP-TTLS uses a combination of certificates and another security method such as passwords. Scrambling data so that only the authorized recipient can read it. Usually a key is needed to interpret the data. Frequency-Hop Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with DSSS. A capability that allows a number of people to view, modify, and print the same file(s) from different computers. The threshold at which the wireless adapter breaks the packet into multiple frames. This determines the packet size and affects the throughput of the transmission. Gigahertz. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000,000 cycles per second. EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS Encryption FHSS File and printer sharing Fragmentation threshold GHz Host computer The computer that is directly connected to the Internet via a Infrastructure Network IEEE Internet Protocol (IP) address LAN LEAP MAC Mbps MHz modem or network adapter. A wireless network centered around an access point. In this environment, the access point not only provides communication with the wired network, but also mediates wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an organization involved in defining computing and communications standards. The address of a computer that is attached to a network. Part of the address designates which network the computer is on, and the other part represents the host identification. Local area network. A high-speed, low-error data network covering a relatively small geographic area. Light Extensible Authentication Protocol. A version of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). LEAP is a proprietary extensible authentication protocol developed by Cisco, which provides a challenge-response authentication mechanism and dynamic key assignment. A hardwired address applied at the factory. It uniquely identifies network hardware, such as a wireless adapter, on a LAN or WAN. Megabits-per-second. Transmission speed of 1,000,000 bits per second. Megahertz. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000 cycles per second. MIC (Michael) Message integrity check (commonly called Michael). MS-CHAP An EAP mechanism used by the client. Microsoft Challenge Authentication Protocol (MSCHAP) Version 2, is used over an encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. Nanosecond. 1 billionth (1/1,000,000,000) of a second. Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing. Allows any device network access. If encryption is not enabled on the network, any device that knows the Service Set Identifier
(SSID) of the access point can gain access to the network. Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) draft protocol sponsored by Microsoft, Cisco, and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted tunnel similar to the tunnel used in secure web pages (SSL). Inside the encrypted tunnel, a number of other EAP authentication methods can be used to perform client authentication. PEAP requires a TLS certificate on the RADIUS server, but unlike EAP-
TLS there is no requirement to have a certificate on the client. PEAP has not been ratified by the IETF. The IETF is currently comparing PEAP and TTLS (Tunneled TLS) to determine an authentication standard for 802.1X authentication in 802.11 wireless systems. PEAP is an authentication type designed to take advantage of server-side EAP-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) and to support various authentication methods, including user's passwords and one-time passwords, and Generic Token Cards. A wireless network structure that allows wireless clients to communicate with each other without using an access point. The state in which the radio is periodically powered down to conserve power. When the notebook is in Power Save mode, receive packets are stored in the access point until the wireless adapter wakes up. One of the networks that has been configured. Such networks are listed under Preferred networks on the Wireless Networks tab of the Wireless Configuration Utility (Windows 2000 environment) or Wireless Network Connection Properties (Windows XP environment). Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is an authentication and accounting system that verifies users credentials and grants access to requested resources. Radio Frequency. The international unit for measuring frequency is Hertz (Hz), which is equivalent to the older unit of cycles per second. One Mega-Hertz (MHz) is one million Hertz. One Giga-
Hertz (GHz) is one billion Hertz. For reference: the standard US electrical power frequency is 60 Hz, the AM broadcast radio frequency band is 0.55 -1.6 MHz, the FM broadcast radio frequency band is 88-108 MHz, and microwave ovens typically operate at 2.45 GHz. Movement of a wireless node between two micro cells. Roaming usually occurs in infrastructure networks built around multiple access points. Current wireless network roaming is only supported in the same subnet of a network. ns OFDM Open Authentication PEAP Peer-to-Peer Mode Power Save mode Preferred network RADIUS RF Roaming Shared Key SIM RTS threshold The number of frames in the data packet at or above which an RTS/
CTS (request to send/clear to send) handshake is turned on before the packet is sent. The default value is 2347. An encryption key known only to the receiver and sender of data. Subscriber Identity Module card is used to validate credentials with the network. A SIM card is a special smart card that is used by GSM-based digital cellular networks. Silent Mode Access Points or Wireless Routers have been configured to not broadcast the SSID for the wireless network. This makes it necessary to know the SSID in order to configure the wireless profile to connect to the access point or wireless router. Silent Mode Single Sign On Single Sign On feature set allows the 802.1x credentials to match SSID Stealth TKIP TLS TTLS WEP WEP Key Wi-Fi Wireless Router WLAN WPA WPA2 WPA-
Enterprise your Windows log on user name and password credentials for wireless network connections. Service Set Identifier. SSID or network name is a value that controls access to a wireless network. The SSID for your wireless network card must match the SSID for any access point that you want to connect with. If the value does not match, you are not granted access to the network. Each SSID may be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long and is case-sensitive. A stealth access point is one that has the capability and is configured to not broadcast its SSID. This is the wireless network name that appears when a DMU (Device Management Utility, such as Intel PROSet/Wireless) scans for available wireless networks. It is commonly considered a weak security feature, in that it does not readily disclose the presence of the wireless network. To connect to a stealth access point, a user must specifically know the SSID and configure their DMU accordingly. The feature is not a part of the 802.11 specification, and is known by differing names by various vendors: closed mode, private network, SSID broadcasting. Temporal Key Integrity protocol improves data encryption. Wi-Fi Protected Access utilizes its TKIP. TKIP provides important data encryption enhancements including a re-keying method. TKIP is part of the IEEE 802.11i encryption standard for wireless networks. TKIP is the next generation of WEP, the Wired Equivalency Protocol, which is used to secure 802.11 wireless networks. TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a re-keying mechanism, thus fixing the flaws of WEP. Transport Layer Security. A type of authentication method using the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates which use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. The TLS protocol is intended to secure and authenticate communications across a public network through data encryption. The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to provide mutual authentication and to negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted. Tunneled Transport Layer Security. These settings define the protocol and the credentials used to authenticate a user. In TTLS, the client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-
encrypted channel between the client and server. The client can use another authentication protocol, typically password-based protocols, such as MD5 Challenge over this encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. TTLS implementations today support all methods defined by EAP, as well as several older methods (CHAP, PAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAPv2). TTLS can easily be extended to work with new protocols by defining new attributes to support new protocols. Wired Equivalent Privacy. Wired Equivalent Privacy, 64- and 128-
bit (64-bit is sometimes referred to as 40-bit). This is a low-level encryption technique designed to give the user about the same amount of privacy that he would expect from a LAN. WEP is a security protocol for wireless local area networks (WLANs) defined in the 802.11b standard. WEP is designed to provide the same level of security as that of a wired LAN. WEP aims to provide security by data over radio waves so that it is protected as it is transmitted from one end point to another. Either a pass phrase or hexadecimal key. The pass phrase must be 5 ASCII characters for 64-bit WEP or 13 ASCII characters for 128-bit WEP. For pass phrases, 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and ~!@#$%^&*()_+|`-={}|[]\:";'<?,./ are all valid characters. The hex key must be 10 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 64-
bit WEP or 26 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 128-bit WEP. Wireless Fidelity. Is meant to be used generically when referring of any type to 802.11 network, whether 802.11b, 802.11a, or dual-
band. A stand-alone wireless hub that allows any computer that has a wireless network adapter to communicate with another computer within the same network and to connect to the Internet. Wireless Local-Area Network. A type of local-area network that uses high-frequency radio waves rather than wires to communicate between nodes. Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a security enhancement that strongly increases the level of data protection and access control to a wireless network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEEs 802.11i standard upon its completion. WPA consists of RC4 and TKIP and provides support for BSS
(Infrastructure) mode only. (Not compatible with WPA2.) Wi-Fi Protected Access 2 (WPA2). This is the second generation of WPA that complies with the IEEE TGi specification. WPA2 consists of AES encryption, pre-authentication and PMKID caching. It provides support for BSS (Infrastructure) mode and IBSS (ad hoc) mode. (Not compatible with WPA.) Wi-Fi Protected Access-Enterprise applies to corporate users. A new standards-based, interoperable security technology for wireless LAN (subset of IEEE 802.11i draft standard) that encrypts data sent over radio waves. WPA is a Wi-Fi standard that was designed to improve upon the security features of WEP as follows:
l Improved data encryption through the temporal key integrity protocol (TKIP). TKIP scrambles the keys using a hashing algorithm and, by adding an integrity-checking feature, ensures that the keys have not been tampered with. l l User authentication, which is generally missing in WEP, through the extensible authentication protocol (EAP). WEP regulates access to a wireless network based on a computers hardware-specific MAC address, which is relatively simple to be sniffed out and stolen. EAP is built on a more secure public-key encryption system to ensure that only authorized network users can access the network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEEs 802.11i standard upon its completion. small network or home environment. Wi-Fi Protected Access-Pre-Shared Key (WPA-PSK) mode does not use an authentication server. It can be used with the data encryption types WEP or TKIP. WPA-PSK requires configuration of a pre-shared key (PSK). You must enter a pass phrase or 64 hex characters for a Pre-Shared Key of length 256-bits. The data encryption key is derived from the PSK. WPA-Personal Wi-Fi Protected Access-Personal provides a level of security in the WPA-PSK Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Wireless Network Overview About Wireless Network Technology What do I need to setup a Wireless Network?
Wireless Networking Basics l What is a wireless network management utility?
l Network Name l Profiles l Security l Configure a Wireless Network l Identify a Wireless Network l Select a Wireless Network Mode How do I turn my radio on and off?
About Wireless Network Technology A Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) connects computers without network cables. Instead computers use radio communications to send data between each other. In a WLAN, a radio communications device called an access point or wireless router connects network computers and provides Internet or network access. You can communicate directly with other wireless computers, or connect to an existing network through a wireless access point. When you set up your wireless adapter, you select the operating mode for the kind of wireless network you want. You can use your Intel(R) PRO/Wireless Network Connection adapter to connect to other similar wireless devices that comply with the 802.11 standard for wireless networking. What do I need to setup a Wireless Network?
To setup a wireless network, you need the following:
l Broadband internet service such as cable or DSL. This includes a broadband modem l A wireless router l A wireless network adapter (wireless card) for each computer that you want to connect to the wireless network. Wireless Networking Basics What is a wireless network manager or client utility?
The software application on your computer that is used to manage your wireless connections is commonly referred to as a wireless network manager or client utility. Your Dell portable computer ships with two client utilities installed: Intel PROSet/
Wireless and Microsoft Windows Zero Configuration. Intel PROSet is set by default as the utility which controls the management of your wireless connections. You can select which utility is the managing utility based on your preference. However, it is important to understand that the wireless network connection settings
(profiles) created by each utility are only applied when that utility is managing. It is a common error for users to inadvertently switch between the two utilities. This is a problem because network settings created in one utility are not applied if the other utility is managing the wireless connections. It is recommended that you choose one client utility to manage your wireless connections, and stay with it. Refer to Connect to a Network for more information. Network Name Each wireless network uses a unique Network Name to identify the network. This name is called the Service Set Identifier (SSID). When you set up your wireless adapter, you specify the SSID. If you want to connect to an existing network, you must use the name for that network. If you set up your own network, you can make up your own name and use it on each computer. The name can be up to 32 characters long and contain letters and numbers. Profiles A profile is a saved group of network settings. Profiles display in the Profiles list. Profiles are useful when moving from one wireless network to another. Different profiles can be configured for each wireless network. Profile settings can include the network name (SSID), operating mode, and security settings. From the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless main window you can add, edit, and remove profiles. Security The 802.11 wireless networks use encryption to help protect your data. Wired equivalent privacy (WEP) uses a 64- or 128-bit shared encryption key to scramble data. Before a computer transmits data, it uses a secret encryption key to scramble the data. The receiving computer uses this same key to unscramble the data. If you connect to an existing network, use the encryption key provided by the administrator of the wireless network. If you set up your own network, you can make up your own key and use it on each computer. The 802.1x authentication is independent of the 802.11 authentication process. The 802.1x standard provides a framework for various authentication and key-
management protocols. There are different 802.1x authentication types, each providing a different approach to authentication, but all employing the same 802.1x protocol and framework for communication between a client and an access point. The 802.1x authentication methods include passwords, certificates and smart cards
(plastic cards that hold data). 802.1x authentication option can only be used with Infrastructure operation mode. Configure a Wireless Network There are three basic components that must be configured for an 802.11 wireless network to operate properly:
l Network Name: Each wireless network uses a unique Network Name to identify the network. This name is called the Service Set Identifier (SSID). When you set up your wireless adapter, you specify the SSID. If you want to connect to an existing network, you must use the name for that network. If you are setting up your own network you can make up your own name and use it on each computer. The name can be up to 32 characters long and contain letters and numbers. l Profiles: When you set up your computer to access a wireless network, Intel
(R) PROSet/Wireless creates a profile for the wireless settings that you specify. If you want to connect to another network, you can scan for existing networks and make a temporary connection, or create a new profile for that network. After you create profiles, your computer will automatically connect when you change locations. l Security: The 802.11 wireless networks use encryption to help protect your data. Wired equivalent privacy (WEP) uses a 64-bit- or 128-bit shared encryption key to scramble data. Before a computer transmits data, it uses a secret encryption key to scramble the data. The receiving computer uses this same key to unscramble the data. If you are connecting to an existing network, use the encryption key provided by the administrator of the wireless network. If you are setting up your own network you can make up your own key and use it on each computer. 802.1x authentication is independent of the 802.11 authentication process. The 802.1x standard provides a framework for various authentication and key-
management protocols. There are different 802.1x authentication types, each providing a different approach to authentication but all employing the same 802.1x protocol and framework for communication between a client and an access point Refer to Get Connected Identify a Wireless Network Depending on the size and components of a wireless network, there are many ways to identify a wireless network:
l The Network Name or Service Set Identifier (SSID): Identifies a wireless network. All wireless devices on the network must use the same SSID. l Extended Service Set Identifier (ESSID): A special case of SSID used to identify a wireless network that includes access points. l Independent Basic Service Set Identifier (IBSSID): A special case of SSID used to identify a network of wireless computers configured to communicate directly with one another without using an access point. l Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID): A unique identifier for each wireless device. The BSSID is the Ethernet MAC address of the device. l Broadcast SSID: An access point can respond to computers sending probe packets with the broadcast SSID. If this feature is enabled on the access point, any wireless user can associate with the access point by using a blank
(null) SSID. l Basic Service Set (BSS): Consists of two or more wireless nodes, or stations, which have recognized each other and have established communications. l Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS): A mode of operation in an 802.11 system that allows direct communication between 802.11 devices without the need to set up a communication session with an access point. Select a Wireless Network Mode Wireless networks can operate with or without access points, depending on the number of users in the network. Infrastructure mode uses access points to allow wireless computers to send and receive information. Wireless computers transmit to the access point, the access point receives the information and rebroadcasts it to other computers. The access point can also connect to a wired network or to the Internet. Multiple access points can work together to provide coverage over a wide area. Device-to-Device mode, also called ad hoc mode, works without access points and allows wireless computers to send information directly to other wireless computers. You can use Device-to-Device mode to network computers in a home or small office or to set up a temporary wireless network for a meeting. How do I turn my radio on and off?
You can want to turn your wireless adapter's radio on and off to:
l Conserve your computers battery when not connected l Meet the requirement to turn off radios on airplanes to prevent interference There are two methods to turn the radio on and off:
l The hardware switch l The Enable/Disable button in Intel PROSet/Wireless software A common cause for users not being able to connect to a wireless network is due to the radio being turned off. If you are unable to connect to a wireless network, verify that your radio is turned on by both the hardware switch and the software Enable/
Disable button. Verify that you have checked both methods. Refer to Enable or Disable the Wireless Radio for more information. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Security Overview WEP Encryption l Open and Shared Key authentication 802.1x Authentication l How 802.1x Authentication Works l 802.1x Features WPA/WPA2 Enterprise Mode Personal Mode WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal AES-CCMP TKIP TLS TTLS l Authentication Protocols PEAP l Authentication Protocols Cisco Features l Cisco LEAP l Cisco Rogue Access Point Security Feature l Fast Roaming (CCKM) l CKIP l 802.11b and 802.11g Mixed Environment Protection Protocol l EAP-FAST l Mixed Cell Mode l Radio Management WEP Encryption Use IEEE 802.11 Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) encryption to prevent unauthorized reception of wireless data. WEP encryption provides two levels of security that use a 64-bit key (sometimes referred to as 40-bit) or a 128-bit key
(also known as 104-bit). For stronger security, use a 128-bit key. If you use encryption, all wireless devices on your wireless network must use the same encryption keys. Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) encryption and shared authentication provide protection for your data on the network. WEP uses an encryption key to encrypt data before transmitting it. Only computers that use the same encryption key can access the network or decrypt the encrypted data transmitted by other computers. Authentication provides an additional validation process from the adapter to the access point. The WEP encryption algorithm is vulnerable to passive and active network attacks. TKIP and CKIP algorithms include enhancements to the WEP protocol that mitigate existing network attacks and address its shortcomings. Open and Shared Key Authentication IEEE 802.11 supports two types of network authentication methods: Open System and Shared Key. l When Open authentication is used, any wireless station can request authentication. The station that needs to authenticate with another wireless station sends an authentication management request that contains the identity of the sending station. The receiving station or access point grants any request for authentication. Open authentication allows any device network access. If no encryption is enabled on the network, any device that knows the Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the access point can gain access to the network. l When Shared Key authentication is used, each wireless station is assumed to have received a secret shared key over a secure channel that is independent from the 802.11 wireless network communications channel. Shared key authentication requires that the client configure a static WEP key. The client access is granted only if it passes a challenge-based authentication. 802.1x Authentication How 802.1x Authentication Works 802.1x Features Overview The 802.1x authentication is independent of the 802.11 authentication process. The 802.1x standard provides a framework for various authentication and key-
management protocols. There are different 802.1x authentication types, each provides a different approach to authentication but all employ the same 802.1x protocol and framework for communication between a client and an access point. In most protocols, upon completion of the 802.1x authentication process, the supplicant receives a key that it uses for data encryption. Refer to How 802.1x authentication works for more information. With 802.1x authentication, an authentication method is used between the client and a Remote Authentication Dial-
In User Service (RADIUS) server connected to the access point. The authentication process uses credentials, such as a user's password that are not transmitted over the wireless network. Most 802.1x types support dynamic per-user, per-session keys to strengthen the static key security. 802.1x benefits from the use of an existing authentication protocol known as the Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP). 802.1x authentication for wireless networks has three main components:
l The authenticator (the access point) l The supplicant (the client software) l The authentication server (RADIUS) The 802.1x authentication security initiates an authorization request from the wireless client to the access point, which authenticates the client to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) compliant RADIUS server. This RADIUS server may authenticate either the user (via passwords or certificates) or the system (by MAC address). In theory, the wireless client is not allowed to join the networks until the transaction is complete. There are several authentication algorithms used for 802.1x. Some examples are:
EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, and Protected EAP (PEAP). These are all methods for the wireless client to identify itself to the RADIUS server. With RADIUS authentication, user identities are checked against databases. RADIUS constitutes a set of standards that addresses Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA). Radius includes a proxy process to validate clients in a multi-server environment. The IEEE 802.1x standard is for controlling and authenticating access to port-based 802.11 wireless and wired Ethernet networks. Port-based network access control is similar to a switched local area network (LAN) infrastructure that authenticates devices attached to a LAN port and prevent access to that port if the authentication process fails. What is RADIUS?
RADIUS is the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service, an Authorization, Authentication, and Accounting (AAA) client-server protocol, that is used when a AAA dial-up client logs in or out of a Network Access Server. Typically, a RADIUS server is used by Internet Service Providers (ISP) to perform AAA tasks. AAA phases are described as follows:
l Authentication phase: Verifies a user name and password against a local database. After credentials are verified, the authorization process begins. l Authorization phase: Determines whether a request is allowed access to a resource. An IP address is assigned for the dial-up client. l Accounting phase: Collects information on resource usage for the purpose of trend analysis, auditing, session time billing, or cost allocation. How 802.1x Authentication Works A simplified description of 802.1x authentication is:
l A client sends a "request to access" message to an access point. The access point requests the identity of the client. l The client replies with its identity packet which is passed along to the l The authentication server sends an "accept" packet to the access point. l The access point places the client port in the authorized state and data traffic authentication server. is allowed to proceed. 802.1x Features l 802.1x supplicant protocol support l Support for the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - RFC 2284 l Supported Authentication Methods:
m EAP TLS Authentication Protocol - RFC 2716 and RFC 2246 m EAP Tunneled TLS (TTLS) m PEAP l Supports Windows XP and Windows 2000 NOTE: Intel PROSet/Wireless security features on Windows Vista support TTLS and EAP-SIM authentication only. WPA or WPA2 Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA or WPA2) is a security enhancement that strongly increases the level of data protection and access control to a wireless network. WPA enforces 802.1x authentication and key-exchange and only works with dynamic encryption keys. To strengthen data encryption, WPA utilizes its Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP). TKIP provides important data encryption enhancements that include a per-packet key mixing function, a message integrity check (MIC) called Michael an extended initialization vector (IV) with sequencing rules, and a rekeying mechanism. With these enhancements, TKIP protects against WEP's known weaknesses. The second generation of WPA that complies with the IEEE TGi specification is known as WPA2. Enterprise Mode: Enterprise Mode verifies network users through a RADIUS or other authentication server. WPA utilizes 128-bit encryption keys and dynamic session keys to ensure your wireless network's privacy and enterprise security. Enterprise Mode is targeted to corporate or government environments. Personal Mode: Personal Mode requires manual configuration of a pre-shared key
(PSK) on the access point and clients. PSK authenticates users via a password, or identifying code, on both the client station and the access point. No authentication server is needed. Personal Mode is targeted to home and small business environments. WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise: Provide this level of security on enterprise networks with an 802.1x RADIUS server. An authentication type is selected to match the authentication protocol of the 802.1x server. NOTE: WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise are interoperable. WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal: Provide this level of security in the small network or home environment. It uses a password also called a pre-shared key
(PSK). The longer the password, the stronger the security of the wireless network. If your wireless access point or router supports WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal then you should enable it on the access point and provide a long, strong password. The same password entered into access point needs to be used on this computer and all other wireless devices that access the wireless network. NOTE: WPA-Personal and WPA2-Personal are not interoperable. AES-CCMP - (Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol) The new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard. AES-CCMP provides a stronger encryption method than TKIP. Choose AES-
CCMP as the data encryption method whenever strong data protection is important. NOTE: Some security solutions may not be supported by your computers operating system and may require additional software or hardware as well as wireless LAN infrastructure support. Check with your computer manufacturer for details. TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity Protocol) is an enhancement to WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) security. TKIP provides per-packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a rekeying mechanism, which fixes the flaws of WEP. TLS A type of authentication method using the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates which use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. The TLS protocol is intended to secure and authenticate communications across a public network through data encryption. The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to provide mutual authentication and to negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted. TTLS These settings define the protocol and the credentials used to authenticate a user. In TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Security), the client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-encrypted channel between the client and server. The client can use another authentication protocol, typically password-based protocols, as MD5 Challenge over this encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. TTLS implementations today support all methods defined by EAP, as well as several older methods (PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAPv2). TTLS can easily be extended to work with new protocols by defining new attributes to support new protocols. Authentication Protocols l MD5: Message Digest 5 (MD5) is a one-way authentication method that uses user names and passwords. This method does not support key management, but does require a pre-configured key if data encryption is used. It can be safely deployed for wireless authentication inside EAP tunnel methods. l PAP: Password Authentication Protocol is a two way handshake protocol designed for use with PPP. Password Authentication Protocol is a plain text password used on older SLIP systems. It is not secure. l CHAP: Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol is a three-way handshake protocol that is considered more secure than PAP Authentication Protocol. l MS-CHAP (MD4): Uses a Microsoft version of RSA Message Digest 4 challenge-and-reply protocol. This only works on Microsoft systems and enables data encryption. To select this authentication method causes all data to be encrypted. l MS-CHAP-V2: Introduces an additional feature not available with MSCHAPV1 or standard CHAP authentication, the change password feature. This feature allows the client to change the account password if the RADIUS server reports that the password has expired. PEAP PEAP is a new Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) IEEE 802.1x authentication type designed to take advantage of server-side EAP-Transport Layer Security (EAP-
TLS) and to support various authentication methods, including users' passwords and one-time passwords, and Generic Token Cards. Authentication Protocols l Generic Token Card (GTC): Carries user specific token cards for authentication. The main feature in GTC is Digital Certificate/Token Card-
based authentication. In addition, GTC includes the ability to hide user name identities until the TLS encrypted tunnel is established, which provides additional confidentiality that user names are not being broadcasted during the authentication phase. l MS-CHAP-V2: Refer to MS-CHAP-V2 above. l TLS: The TLS protocol is intended to secure and authenticate communications across a public network through data encryption. The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to provide mutual authentication and to negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted. Refer to TLS above. Cisco Features NOTE: Cisco Features are not supported on a Windows Vista platform. Cisco LEAP Cisco LEAP (Cisco Light EAP) is a server and client 802.1x authentication through a user-supplied logon password. When a wireless access point communicates with a Cisco LEAP-enabled RADIUS (Cisco Secure Access Control Server [ACS]), Cisco LEAP provides access control through mutual authentication between client wireless adapters and the wireless networks and provides dynamic, individual user encryption keys to help protect the privacy of transmitted data. Cisco Rogue Access Point Security Feature The Cisco Rogue Access Point feature provides security protection from an introduction of a rogue access point that could mimic a legitimate access point on a network in order to extract information about user credentials and authentication protocols that could compromise security. This feature only works with Cisco's LEAP authentication. Standard 802.11 technology does not protect a network from the introduction of a rogue access point. Refer to LEAP Authentication for more information. Fast Roaming (CCKM) When a wireless LAN is configured for fast reconnection, a LEAP-enabled client device can roam from one access point to another without involving the main server. Using Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM), an access point configured to provide Wireless Domain Services (WDS) takes the place of the RADIUS server and authenticates the client without perceptible delay in voice or other time-sensitive applications. CKIP Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) is Cisco proprietary security protocol for encryption in 802.11 media. CKIP uses the following features to improve 802.11 security in infrastructure mode:
l Key Permutation (KP) l Message Sequence Number 802.11b and 802.11g Mixed Environment Protection Protocol Some access points, for example Cisco 350 or Cisco 1200, support environments in which not all client stations support WEP encryption; this is called Mixed-Cell Mode. When these wireless networks operate in "optional encryption" mode, client stations that join in WEP mode, send all messages encrypted, and stations that use standard mode send all messages unencrypted. These access points broadcast that the network does not use encryption, but allow clients that use WEP mode. When Mixed-
Cell is enabled in a profile, it allows you to connect to access points that are configured for "optional encryption."
EAP-FAST EAP-FAST like EAP-TTLS and PEAP, uses tunneling to protect traffic. The main difference is that EAP-FAST does not use certificates to authenticate. Provisioning in EAP-FAST is negotiated solely by the client as the first communication exchange when EAP-FAST is requested from the server. If the client does not have a pre-
shared secret Protected Access Credential (PAC), it is able to initiate a provisioning EAP-FAST exchange to dynamically obtain one from the server. EAP-FAST documents two methods to deliver the PAC: manual delivery through an out-of-band secure mechanism and automatic provisioning. l Manual delivery mechanisms are any delivery mechanism that the administrator of the network feels is sufficiently secure for their network. l Automatic provisioning establishes an encrypted tunnel to protect the authentication of the client and the delivery of the PAC to the client. This mechanism, while not as secure as a manual method may be, is more secure than the authentication method used in LEAP. The EAP-FAST method is divided into two parts: provisioning and authentication. The provisioning phase involves the initial delivery of the PAC to the client. This phase only needs to be performed once per client and user. Mixed-Cell Mode Some access points, for example Cisco 350 or Cisco 1200, support environments in which not all client stations support WEP encryption; this is called Mixed-Cell Mode. When these wireless networks operate in "optional encryption" mode, client stations that join in WEP mode, send all messages encrypted, and stations that use standard mode, send all messages unencrypted. These access points broadcast that the network does not use encryption, but allows clients that use WEP mode to join . When Mixed-Cell is enabled in a profile, it allows you to connect to access points that are configured for "optional encryption."
Radio Management When this feature is enabled your wireless adapter provides radio management information to the Cisco infrastructure. If the Cisco Radio Management utility is used on the infrastructure, it configures radio parameters, detects interference and rogue access points. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Specifications Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ Intel PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Intel PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector PCI Express (TM) Mini Card Height 2.00 in x 1.18 in x 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage On-board diversity 53-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/
n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/
n) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 4 to 12 (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz
(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Channel 1-11 (US only) Channel 1-13 (Japan, Europe) 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps IEEE 802.11a Data Rates 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11g Data Rates 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11b Data Rates 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps General Operating Systems Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Microsoft Windows 2000. Microsoft Windows XP
(32 and 64 bit). Windows Vista(TM) (32 and 64 bit) Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b 802.11a, 802.11n Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-
bit and 64-bit; 802.1x: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_
(version with Draft N capabilities disabled. Draft N refers to: IEEE P802.11n(TM)/D1.0 Draft Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer
(PHY) specifications: Enhancements for Higher Throughput) Form Factor Dimensions PCI Express (TM) Mini Card Height 2.00 in x 1.18 in x 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 53-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/
n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/
n) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) 4 to 12 (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz
(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) Channel 1-11 (US only) Channel 1-13 (Japan, Europe) 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps IEEE 802.11a Data Rates 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11g Data Rates 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11b Data Rates 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps General Operating Systems Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Microsoft Windows 2000. Microsoft Windows XP (32 and 64 bit). Windows Vista(TM) (32 and 64 bit) Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b 802.11a, 802.11n Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-
bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1x: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-
TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection Form Factor Dimensions PCI Express (TM) X1 Height 2.59 in x 2.77 in x 0.18 in (65.8 mm x 70.3 mm x 4.5 mm) Antenna Interface Connector Tyco connector Connector Interface 36-pin PCI Express edge connector Voltage 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing at temperature of 25 C to 85 C Frequency Modulation 5 GHz (802.11a) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz
(dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) 4 to 12 non-
overlapping, dependent on SKU 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) Channel 1-11 (MoW) Channel 1-13 (RoW) 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows 2000. Microsoft Windows XP (32 and 64 bit), Microsoft Windows Vista
(32 and 64 bit) WPA - Enterprise, WPA - Personal, WPA2
- Enterprise, WPA2 - Personal Enhanced EAP: EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS/
MSCHAPv2, PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2, PEAPv1/
EAP-GTC, WMM, WMM-UAPSD (WIP) Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11d, IEEE 802.11h Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-
bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1x: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-
TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector PCI Express (TM) Mini Card Height 2.00 in x 1.18 in x 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Dual Diversity Antenna On-board dual diversity switching Connector Interface 53-pin Mini Card edge connector Voltage 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity 50 to 92% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 55 C) Frequency Modulation 5 GHz (802.11a) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Data Rates General 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz
(dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 5 GHz UNII:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 2.4 GHz ISM:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) 4 to 12 non-
overlapping, dependent on country Channel 1-11 (US only) Channel 1-13 (Japan, Europe) 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Operating Systems Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows 2000 Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-
bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1x: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-
TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector PCI Express (TM) Mini Card Height 2.00 in x 1.18 in x 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Dual Diversity Antenna On-board dual diversity switching Connector Interface 53-pin Mini Card edge connector Voltage 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity 50 to 92% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 55 C) Frequency Modulation 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Channel 1-11 (US only) Channel 1-13 (Japan, Europe) 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows 2000 Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-
bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1x: EAP-
SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection Form Factor Dimensions Weight Mini PCI Type 3A Width 2.85 in x Length 1.75 in x Height 0.20 in
(59.75 mm x 50.95 mm x 5 mm) 0.7 oz. (12.90 g.) Antenna Interface Connector Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Dual Diversity Antenna On-board dual diversity switching Connector Interface 124-pin SO-DIMM edge connector Voltage 3.3 Volt Operating Temperature 0 to +70 degrees Celsius Humidity 50 to 85% non-condensing Frequency Modulation 5 GHz (802.11a) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g) Frequency band 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Data Rates General 2.400 - 2.472 GHz
(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 2.4 GHz ISM:
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) 4 to 12 non-
overlapping, dependent on country Channel 1-11 (US only) Channel 1-13 (Japan, Europe) 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Operating Systems Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows 2000 Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Cisco Compatible Extensions, v3.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-
bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit. 802.1x: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-
TTLS, MD5 Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Form Factor Dimensions Weight Mini PCI Type 3B Width 2.34 in x Length 1.75 in x Height 0.20 in
(59.45 mm x 44.45 mm x 5 mm) 0.7 oz. (12.90 g.) Antenna Interface Connector Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Dual Diversity Antenna On-board dual diversity switching Connector Interface 124-pin mini PCI edge connector Voltage 3.3 V Operating Temperature 0 to +70 degrees Celsius Humidity 50 to 85% non-condensing Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Channels Data Rates General OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK 2.400 - 2.472 GHz (US) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Japan) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Europe ETSI) OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK Full 14 channel support 1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 24, 36, 48 and 54 Mbps Operating Systems Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows 2000 Wi-Fi(R) Alliance certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Wi-Fi(R) certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, WPA, WPA2, WMM, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, MD5 Cisco Compatible Extensions, v2.0 IEEE 802.11g and 802.11b Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, AES (128-bit), WEP 128-bit and 64-bit. Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60590) Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Customer Support Intel support is available online or by telephone. Available services include the most up-to-date product information, installation instructions about specific products, and troubleshooting tips. Online Support Technical Support: http://support.intel.com Network Product Support: http://www.intel.com/network Corporate Web Site: http://www.intel.com Back to Contents Back to Contents Regulatory Information Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG l Information for the User l Regulatory Information Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection l Information for the User l Regulatory Information Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection l Information for the User l Regulatory Information Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection l Information for the User l Regulatory Information Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN and Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ The information in this document applies to the following products:
Quad-mode wireless LAN adapters (802.11a/802.11b/802.11g/802.11n) Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN (model WM4965AGN) Tri-mode wireless LAN adapters (802.11a/802.11b/802.11g) Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ (model WM4965AG_) NOTE: Due to the evolving state of regulations and standards in the wireless LAN field (IEEE 802.11 and similar standards), the information provided herein is subject to change. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein. Information for the user Safety Notices The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency
(RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter meet the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
l Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. l Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. l Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged. l Use in specific environments:
directors of such environments. m The use of wireless devices in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety m The use of wireless devices on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). m The use of wireless devices in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. l Antenna use:
m In order to comply with FCC RF exposure limits, low gain integrated antennas should be located at a minimum distance of 20 cm (8 inches) or more from the body of all persons. m High-gain, wall-mount, or mast-mount antennas are designed to be professionally installed and should be located at a minimum distance of 30 cm (12 inches) or more from the body of all persons. Please contact your professional installer, VAR, or antenna manufacturer for proper installation requirements. l Explosive Device Proximity Warning (see below) l Antenna Warning (see below) l Use on Aircraft Caution (see below) l Other Wireless Devices (see below) l Power Supply (Access Point) (see below) Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (such as a wireless network device) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the device has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: To comply with the FCC and ANSI C95.1 RF exposure limits, it is recommended for the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter installed in a desktop or portable computer, that the antenna for this device be installed so as to provide a separation distance of al least 20 cm (8 inches) from all persons and that the antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or radio transmitter. It is recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20 cm (8 inches). Warning: Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN products are not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use of such antennas with these products is illegal. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radio-frequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: Refer to the documentation supplied with wireless Ethernet adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel(R) PROSet/Wireless software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. For country-specific information, see the additional compliance information supplied with the product. Wireless interoperability The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
l IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l IEEE Std. 802.11n compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN adapter The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by this device, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter wireless device operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter may be restricted to:
l Using the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter equipment on board airplanes, or l Using the adapter equipment in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ wireless devices before you turn it on. Regulatory information Information for the OEMs and Integrators:
The following statement must be included with all versions of this document supplied to an OEM or integrator, but should not be distributed to the end user. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. l Please refer to the full Grant of Equipment document for other restrictions. l This device must be operated and used with a locally approved access point. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating an Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter kit, or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and its authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from permissible settings and restrictions in the country of use could be an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. FCC Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range 5.15 to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. USAFederal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
l This device may not cause harmful interference. l This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter wireless network device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter wireless device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20 cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity) and the antenna that is built into the computer. Interference statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver. l Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE:The Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Regulatory Warning For use in (or with) UL Listed personal computers or compatible. Brazil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CanadaIndustry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS210 of Industry Canada. Caution: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65 to 5.85-
GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The maximum allowed antenna gain for use with this device is 6dBi in order to comply with the E.I.R.P limit for the 5.25- to 5.35 and 5.725 to 5.85GHz frequency range in point-to-point operation. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003, Issue 4, and RSS-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) and No 5 (Nov 2001). Cet appariel numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003, No. 4, et CNR-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) et No 5 (Nov 2001)..
"To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing."
Pour empcher que cet appareil cause du brouillage au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, il doit tre utilis a l'intrieur et devrait tre plac loin des fentres afinde fournir un cran de blindage maximal. Si le matriel (ou son antenne d'mission) est install l'extrieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence. Europe Frequency Bands 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5.15 - 5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz (Europe ETSI) Low band 5.25 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 5.47 - 5.725 GHz is current not allowed in Czech Republic and France. Declaration of Conformity This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. S S K S A S T I T S O I P I O S 1999/5/E K. I Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel Intel(R) Corporation tmto prohlauje, e tento Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES. Undertegnede Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation, dass sich das Gert Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. Kesolevaga kinnitab Intel(R) Corporation seadme Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Hereby, Intel(R) Corporation, declares that this Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Por medio de la presente Intel(R) Corporation declara que el Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. E T N P A Intel(R) Corporation D
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ S S S S T S D S O Par la prsente Intel(R) Corporation dclare que l'appareil Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Con la presente Intel(R) Corporation dichiara che questo Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Ar o Intel(R) Corporation deklar, ka Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad is Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Hierbij verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat het toestel Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Hawnhekk, Intel(R) Corporation, jiddikjara li dan Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Alulrott, Intel(R) Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel
(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/
EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Niniejszym, Intel(R) Corporation, owiadcza, e Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ jest zgodne z zasadniczymi wymaganiami oraz innymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/WE. Intel(R) Corporation declara que este Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. iuo Intel(R) Corporation izjavlja, da je ta Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES. Intel(R) Corporation tmto vyhlasuje, e Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. Intel(R) Corporation vakuuttaa tten ett Intel (R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hrmed intygar Intel(R) Corporation att denna Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Hr me lsir Intel(R) Corporation yfir v a Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ er samrmi vi grunnkrfur og arar krfur, sem gerar eru tilskipun 1999/5/EC. Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved at utstyret Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN or Intel(R) Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. esky
[Czech]
Dansk
[Danish]
Deutsch
[German]
Esti
[Estonian]
English Espaol
[Spanish]
k
[Greek]
Franais
[French]
Italiano
[Italian]
Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Nederlands
[Dutch]
Malti
[Maltese]
Magyar
[Hungary]
Polski
[Polish]
Portugus
[Portuguese]
Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
Suomi
[Finnish]
Svenska
[Swedish]
slenska
[Icelandic]
Norsk
[Norwegian]:
France Pour la France mtropolitaine 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur 2.400 -2.454 GHz (canaux 1 7) autoris en usage extrieur Pour la Guyane et la Runion 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur . 2.420 - 2.4835 GHz (canaux 5 13) autoris en usage extrieur Italy A general authorization is requested for outdoor use in Italy The use of these equipments is regulated by:
1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105 (free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:
1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso private. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Latvia A license is required for outdoor use for operation in 2.4 GHz band. Japan Indoor use only. Korea Taiwan Radio approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacture OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection and the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection The information in this document applies to the following products:
Tri-mode wireless LAN adapters (802.11a/802.11b/802.11g ) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (model WM3965ABG) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection (model WM3945ABG) Dual-mode wireless LAN adapters (802.11b/802.11g ) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection (model WM3945BG) NOTE: Due to the evolving state of regulations and standards in the wireless LAN field (IEEE 802.11 and similar standards), the information provided herein is subject to change. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein. Information for the user Safety Notices The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency
(RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter meet the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
l Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. l Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. l Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged. l Use in specific environments:
directors of such environments. m The use of wireless devices in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety m The use of wireless devices on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). m The use of wireless devices in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. l Antenna use:
m In order to comply with FCC RF exposure limits, low gain integrated antennas should be located at a minimum distance of 20 cm (8 inches) or more from the body of all persons. m High-gain, wall-mount, or mast-mount antennas are designed to be professionally installed and should be located at a minimum distance of 30 cm (12 inches) or more from the body of all persons. Please contact your professional installer, VAR, or antenna manufacturer for proper installation requirements. l Explosive Device Proximity Warning (see below) l Antenna Warning (see below) l Use on Aircraft Caution (see below) l Other Wireless Devices (see below) l Power Supply (Access Point) (see below) Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (such as a wireless network device) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the device has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: To comply with the FCC and ANSI C95.1 RF exposure limits, it is recommended for the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter installed in a desktop or portable computer, that the antenna for this device be installed so as to provide a separation distance of al least 20 cm (8 inches) from all persons and that the antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or radio transmitter. It is recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20 cm (8 inches). Warning: Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN products are not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use of such antennas with these products is illegal. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radio-frequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: Refer to the documentation supplied with wireless Ethernet adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b and 802.11g wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel(R) PROSet/
Wireless software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. For country-specific information, see the additional compliance information supplied with the product. Wireless interoperability The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection are designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
l IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN l Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by this device, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel
(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter wireless device operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter may be restricted to:
l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter equipment on board airplanes, or l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter equipment in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection wireless devices before you turn it on. Regulatory information Information for the OEMs and Integrators:
The following statement must be included with all versions of this document supplied to an OEM or integrator, but should not be distributed to the end user. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. l Please refer to the full Grant of Equipment document for other restrictions. l This device must be operated and used with a locally approved access point. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection or an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter kit, or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and its authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from permissible settings and restrictions in the country of use could be an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. FCC Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range 5.15 to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. USAFederal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
l This device may not cause harmful interference. l This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter wireless network device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN wireless network device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20 cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity) and the antenna that is built into the computer. Interference statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver. l Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE:The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection adapter, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection adapter, or the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Regulatory Warning For use in (or with) UL Listed personal computers or compatible. Brazil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CanadaIndustry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS210 of Industry Canada. Caution: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65 to 5.85-
GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The maximum allowed antenna gain for use with this device is 6dBi in order to comply with the E.I.R.P limit for the 5.25- to 5.35 and 5.725 to 5.85GHz frequency range in point-to-point operation. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003, Issue 4, and RSS-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) and No 5 (Nov 2001). Cet appariel numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003, No. 4, et CNR-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) et No 5 (Nov 2001)..
"To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing."
Pour empcher que cet appareil cause du brouillage au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, il doit tre utilis a l'intrieur et devrait tre plac loin des fentres afinde fournir un cran de blindage maximal. Si le matriel (ou son antenne d'mission) est install l'extrieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence. Europe Frequency Bands 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5.15 - 5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz (Europe ETSI) Low band 5.25 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 5.47 - 5.725 GHz is current not allowed in Czech Republic and France. Declaration of Conformity This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. esky
[Czech]
Dansk
[Danish]
Deutsch
[German]
Intel(R) Corporation tmto prohlauje, e tento Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES. Undertegnede Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation, dass sich das Gert Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. E l l h n i M H A R O U S H L W N E T U M M O R F W N E T A R O I U S I W D E I P A I T H S E I A I L O I P E C E T I K E I A T A X E I H D H G I A S I T S K S T I P S L S A S O I O I Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Kesolevaga kinnitab Intel(R) Corporation seadme Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Hereby, Intel(R) Corporation, declares that this Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Por medio de la presente Intel(R) Corporation declara que el Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. E T N P A Intel(R) Corporation D Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection)S S 1999/5/E S O S D S T K. Par la prsente Intel(R) Corporation dclare que l'appareil Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Con la presente Intel(R) Corporation dichiara che questo Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Ar o Intel(R) Corporation deklar, ka Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel
(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad is Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Hierbij verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat het toestel Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Hawnhekk, Intel(R) Corporation, jiddikjara li dan Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Alulrott, Intel(R) Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Niniejszym, Intel(R) Corporation, owiadcza, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) jest zgodne z zasadniczymi wymaganiami oraz innymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/WE. Intel(R) Corporation declara que este Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel
(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/
CE. iuo Intel(R) Corporation izjavlja, da je ta Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection
(Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES. Intel(R) Corporation tmto vyhlasuje, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection
(Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. Intel(R) Corporation vakuuttaa tten ett Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection
(Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hrmed intygar Intel(R) Corporation att denna Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Hr me lsir Intel(R) Corporation yfir v a Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) er samrmi vi grunnkrfur og arar krfur, sem gerar eru tilskipun 1999/5/EC. Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved at utstyret Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection (Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection) er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Esti
[Estonian]
English Espaol
[Spanish]
k
[Greek]
Franais
[French]
Italiano
[Italian]
Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Nederlands
[Dutch]
Malti
[Maltese]
Magyar
[Hungary]
Polski
[Polish]
Portugus
[Portuguese]
Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
Suomi
[Finnish]
Svenska
[Swedish]
slenska
[Icelandic]
Norsk
[Norwegian]:
France Pour la France mtropolitaine 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur 2.400 -2.454 GHz (canaux 1 7) autoris en usage extrieur Pour la Guyane et la Runion 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur . 2.420 - 2.4835 GHz (canaux 5 13) autoris en usage extrieur Italy A general authorization is requested for outdoor use in Italy The use of these equipments is regulated by:
1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105 (free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:
1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso private. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Latvia A license is required for outdoor use for operation in 2.4 GHz band. Japan Indoor use only. Korea Taiwan Radio approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacture OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection The information in this document applies to the following products:
Tri-mode wireless LAN adapters (802.11a/802.11b/802.11g ) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection (model WM3B2915ABG) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection (model WM3A2915ABG) NOTE: Due to the evolving state of regulations and standards in the wireless LAN field (IEEE 802.11 and similar standards), the information provided herein is subject to change. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein. Information for the user Safety Notices The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency
(RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter meets the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/
IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
l Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. l Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. l Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged. l Use in specific environments:
directors of such environments. m The use of wireless devices in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety m The use of wireless devices on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). m The use of wireless devices in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. l Antenna use:
m In order to comply with FCC RF exposure limits, low gain integrated antennas should be located at a minimum distance of 20 cm (8 inches) or more from the body of all persons. m High-gain, wall-mount, or mast-mount antennas are designed to be professionally installed and should be located at a minimum distance of 30 cm (12 inches) or more from the body of all persons. Please contact your professional installer, VAR, or antenna manufacturer for proper installation requirements. l Explosive Device Proximity Warning (see below) l Antenna Warning (see below) l Use on Aircraft Caution (see below) l Other Wireless Devices (see below) l Power Supply (Access Point) (see below) Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (such as a wireless network device) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the device has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: To comply with the FCC and ANSI C95.1 RF exposure limits, it is recommended for the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter installed in a desktop or portable computer, that the antenna for this device be installed so as to provide a separation distance of al least 20 cm (8 inches) from all persons and that the antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or radio transmitter. It is recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20 cm
(8 inches). Warning: Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN products are not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use of such antennas with these products is illegal. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radio-frequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: Refer to the documentation supplied with wireless Ethernet adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel(R) PROSet/
Wireless software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. For country-specific information, see the additional compliance information supplied with the product. Wireless interoperability The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
l IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN. l IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN. l IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN. l Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter and your health The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by this device, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless device operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless device may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations include the following:
l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter equipment on board airplanes, or l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter equipment in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless device before you turn it on. Regulatory information Information for the OEMs and Integrators:
The following statement must be included with all versions of this document supplied to an OEM or integrator, but should not be distributed to the end user. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. l Please refer to the full Grant of Equipment document for other restrictions. l This device must be operated and used with a locally approved access point. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating an Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter kit, or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and its authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from permissible settings and restrictions in the country of use could be an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. FCC Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range 5.15 to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. l This device is intended for OEM integrators only. l This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. USAFederal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
l This device may not cause harmful interference. l This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless network device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN wireless network device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20 cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity) and the antenna that is built into the computer. Interference statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver. l Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. CanadaIndustry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS210 of Industry Canada. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003, Issue 4, and RSS-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) and No 5 (Nov 2001). Cet appariel numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003, No. 4, et CNR-210, No 4 (Dec 2000) et No 5 (Nov 2001)..
"To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing."
Pour empcher que cet appareil cause du brouillage au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, il doit tre utilis a l'intrieur et devrait tre plac loin des fentres afinde fournir un cran de blindage maximal. Si le matriel (ou son antenne d'mission) est install l'extrieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence. Europe Frequency Bands 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5.15 - 5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz (Europe ETSI) Low band 5.25 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 5.47 - 5.725 GHz is current not allowed in Czech Republic and France. Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. Czech Danish Dutch English Estonian Finnish French German Greek Hungary Icelandic Italian Latvian Intel(R) Corporation tmto prohlauje, e tento Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES."
Undertegnede Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF Hierbij verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat het toestel Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG Bij deze verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat deze Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection voldoet aan de essentile eisen en aan de overige relevante bepalingen van Richtlijn 1999/5/EC. Hereby, Intel(R) Corporation, declares that this Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Kesolevaga kinnitab Intel(R) Corporation seadme Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Intel(R) Corporation vakuuttaa tten ett Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Par la prsente Intel(R) Corporation dclare que l'appareil Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Par la prsente, Intel(R) Corporation dclare que ce Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions de la directive 1999/5/CE qui lui sont applicables. Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation, dass sich dieser/diese/dieses Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den anderen relevanten Vorschriften der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet". (BMWi) Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation die bereinstimmung des Gertes Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den anderen relevanten Festlegungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG. (Wien).=
E T A Intel(R) Corporation D N P Connection S I P S T S O S 1999/5/E K. Alulrott, Intel(R) Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Intel lysir her med yfir a thessi bunadur, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection , uppfyllir allar grunnkrofur, sem gerdar eru i R&TTE tilskipun ESB nr 1999/5/EC Con la presente Intel(R) Corporation dichiara che questo Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Ar o Intel(R) Corporation deklar, ka Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. I Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network S T S O S A S K I T S L S S S I O Lithuanian Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad Intel(R) Pro/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connectionatitinka 1999/5/EC Direktyvos esminius reikalavimus ir kitas nuostatas". Hawnhekk, Intel(R) Corporation, jiddikjara li dan Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-
Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Niniejszym, Intel(R) Corporation, deklaruj, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection spenia wymagania zasadnicze oraz stosowne postanowienia zawarte Dyrektywie 1999/5/EC. Portuguese Intel(R) Corporation declara que este Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. Intel(R) Corporation tmto vyhlasuje, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. iuo Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad is Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Por medio de la presente Intel(R) Corporation declara que el Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. Hrmed intygar Intel(R) Corporation att denna Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Malti Polish Slovak Slovenia Spanish Swedish France Pour la France mtropolitaine 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur 2.400 -2.454 GHz (canaux 1 7) autoris en usage extrieur Pour la Guyane et la Runion 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur . 2.420 - 2.4835 GHz (canaux 5 13) autoris en usage extrieur Pour tout le territoire Franais:
Seulement 5.15 -5.35 GHz autoris pour le 802.11a Belgium Dans le cas d'une utilisation prive, l'extrieur d'un btiment, au-dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est ncessaire pour une distance de moins de 300m. Pour une distance suprieure 300m un enregistrement auprs de l'IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l'IBPT. In geval van priv-gebruik, buiten een gebouw, op een openbare plaats, is geen registratie nodig, wanneer de afstand minder dan 300m is. Voor een afstand groter dan 300m is een registratie bij BIPT vereist. Voor registraties en licenties, gelieve BIPT te contacteren. Japan Latvia A license is required for outdoor use for operation in 2.4 GHz band. (Translation?) Italy A general authorization is requested for outdoor use in Italy The use of these equipments is regulated by:
- D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105
(free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use.
- D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:
- D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso privato ;
- D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Greece A license is required for the outdoor use of band 5.470 5.725 GHz. Belarus 2.4 GHz OFDM (802.11g) is not allowed at this time. Indonesia 5 GHz interface is not allowed at this time. Kuwait 5 GHz interface is not allowed at this time. Oman If the modules are less than 100 milliwatts they are unlicensed but if they are more than 100 milliwatts, the user is responsible for getting a license to operate from Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (TRA) in Sultanate of Oman. Taiwan Pakistan Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) Approved UAE 5 GHz interface is not allowed at this time. Ukraine 5 GHz interface is not allowed at this time. Radio approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacture OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Regulatory Warning For use in (or with) UL Listed personal computers or compatible. Regulatory Information: Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Information for the User Regulatory Information Information for the user Safety Notices The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency
(RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection meets the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
l Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. l Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. l Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged. l Use in specific environments:
directors of such environments. m The use of wireless devices in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety m The use of wireless devices on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). m The use of wireless devices in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. l Explosive Device Proximity Warning (see below) l Antenna Warning (see below) l Use on Aircraft Caution (see below) l Other Wireless Devices (see below) l Power Supply (Access Point) (see below) Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (such as a wireless network device) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the device has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: To comply with the FCC and ANSI C95.1 RF exposure limits, it is recommended for the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection installed in a desktop or portable computer, that the antenna for this device be installed so as to provide a separation distance of al least 20 cm (8 inches) from all persons and that the antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or radio transmitter. It is recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20 cm (8 inches). Warning: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection product is not designed for use with high-
gain directional antennas. Use of such antennas with these products is illegal. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radio-frequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Local Restrictions on 802.11b and 802.11g Radio Usage All frequencies used by 802.11b and 802.11g are harmonized. Some countries though may not allow 802.11g. Wireless interoperability The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter is designed to be interoperable with any wireless LAN product that is based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
l IEEE Std. 802.11b-1999. Standard on Wireless LAN. l IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant. Standard on Wireless LAN. l Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless LAN 2200BG Mini PCI adapter and your health The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by this device, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless device operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless device may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations include the following:
l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter equipment on board airplanes, or l Using the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter equipment in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the Intel(R) PRO/
Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless device before you turn it on. Regulatory information The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter kit, or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and its authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. USAFederal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
l This device may not cause harmful interference. l This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless network device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Intel PROSet/Wireless LAN wireless network device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 2 cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity) and the antenna that is built into the computer. Interference statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver. l Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection adapter wireless network device must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. U.S. Frequency Bands 2.400 - 2.462 GHz CanadaIndustry Canada (IC) This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003, Issue 2, and RSS-210, Issue 4 (Dec. 2000). Cet appariel numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003, No. 2, et CNR-210, No 4 (Dec 2000). To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing."
Pour empcher que cet appareil cause du brouillage au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, il doit tre utilis a l'intrieur et devrait tre plac loin des fentres afinde fournir un cran de blindage maximal. Si le matriel (ou son antenne d'mission) est install l'extrieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence. EuropeEU Declaration of Conformity Europe Frequency Bands 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Europe ETSI) E l l h n i M H A R O U S H L W N E T U M M O R F W N E T A R O I U S I W D E I P A I T H S E I A I O I P E S C E T I K E I A T A X E I H D H G I A M H A R O U S H L W N E T U M M O R F W N E T A R O I U S I W D E I P A I T H S E I A I O I P E C E T I K E D I A T A X E I H D H G I A Declaration of Conformity This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. English Finnish Dutch French Swedish Danish German Greek Icelandic Italian Spanish Hereby, Intel(R) Corporation, declares that this Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Intel(R) Corporation vakuuttaa tten ett Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hierbij verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat het toestel Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Bij deze verklaart Intel(R) Corporation dat deze Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection voldoet aan de essentile eisen en aan de overige relevante bepalingen van Richtlijn 1999/5/EC. Par la prsente Intel(R) Corporation dclare que l'appareil Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Par la prsente, Intel(R) Corporation dclare que ce Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions de la directive 1999/5/CE qui lui sont applicables. Hrmed intygar Intel(R) Corporation att denna Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Undertegnede Intel(R) Corporation erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation, dass sich dieser/diese/dieses Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den anderen relevanten Vorschriften der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet". (BMWi) Hiermit erklrt Intel(R) Corporation die bereinstimmung des Gertes Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den anderen relevanten Festlegungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG. (Wien) E T N P A Intel(R) Corporation D Connection S I P S T S 1999/5/E S O K. Intel lysir her med yfir a thessi bunadur, Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection , uppfyllir allar grunnkrofur, sem gerdar eru i R&TTE tilskipun ESB nr 1999/5/EC. Con la presente Intel(R) Corporation dichiara che questo Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Por medio de la presente Intel(R) Corporation declara que el Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. I Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network S T S O S A S K I T S L S S S I O Portuguese Intel(R) Corporation declara que este Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection est Malti conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. Hawnhekk, Intel(R) Corporation, jiddikjara li dan Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-
Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC New Member States requirements of Declaration of Conformity Estonian Hungary Slovak Czech Slovenia Latvian Kesolevaga kinnitab Intel(R) Corporation seadme Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Alulrott, Intel(R) Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak Intel(R) Corporation tmto vyhlasuje, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. Intel(R) Corporation tmto prohlauje, e tento Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES."
iuo Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad is Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Ar o Intel(R) Corporation deklar, ka Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem Lithuanian Intel(R) Corporation deklaruoja, kad Intel(R) Pro/Wireless 2200BG Network Connectionatitinka 1999/5/EC Direktyvos esminius reikalavimus ir kitas nuostatas". Niniejszym, Intel(R) Corporation, deklaruj, e Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection spenia wymagania zasadnicze oraz stosowne postanowienia zawarte Dyrektywie 1999/5/EC. Polish France Pour la France mtropolitaine 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur 2.400 -2.454 GHz (canaux 1 7) autoris en usage extrieur Pour la Guyane et la Runion 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (Canaux 1 13) autoris en usage intrieur 2.420 - 2.4835 GHz (canaux 5 13) autoris en usage extrieur Pour tout le territoire Franais:
Seulement 5.15 -5.35 GHz autoris pour le 802.1 Belgique Dans le cas d'une utilisation prive, l'extrieur d'un btiment, au-dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est ncessaire pour une distance de moins de 300m. Pour une distance suprieure 300m un enregistrement auprs de l'IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l'IBPT. In geval van priv-gebruik, buiten een gebouw, op een openbare plaats, is geen registratie nodig, wanneer de afstand minder dan 300m is. Voor een afstand groter dan 300m is een registratie bij BIPT vereist. Voor registraties en licenties, gelieve BIPT te contacteren. Latvia A license is required for outdoor use for operation in 2.4 GHz band. Italy The use of these equipments is regulated by:
- D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105
(free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use.
- D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:
- D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso privato;
- D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Belarus 2.4 GHz OFDM (802.11g) is not allowed at this time. Taiwan Pakistan Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) Approved Radio approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacture OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Back to Contents M H A R O U S H L W N E T U M M O R F W N E T A R O I U S I W D E I P A I T H S E I A I O I P E C E T I K E D I A T A X E I H D H G I A Back to Contents Warranty Product Warranty Information One-Year Limited Hardware Warranty Limited Warranty Intel warrants to the purchaser of the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3965ABG Network Connection PCI Card (the Product), that the Product, if properly used and installed, will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will substantially conform to Intels publicly available specifications for the Product for a period of one (1) year beginning on the date the Product was purchased in its original sealed packaging. SOFTWARE OF ANY KIND DELIVERED WITH OR AS PART OF THE PRODUCT IS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED "AS IS", SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDING ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE), provided however, that Intel warrants that the media on which the software is furnished will be free from defects for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery. If such a defect appears within the warranty period, you may return the defective media to Intel for replacement or alternative delivery of the software at Intel's discretion and without charge. Intel does not warrant or assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information, text, graphics, links or other items contained within the software. If the Product which is the subject of this Limited Warranty fails during the warranty period for reasons covered by this Limited Warranty, Intel, at its option, will:
l REPAIR the Product by means of hardware and/or software; OR l REPLACE the Product with another product, OR, if Intel is unable to repair or replace the Product, l REFUND the then-current Intel price for the Product at the time a claim for warranty service is made to Intel under this Limited Warranty. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT MAY EXIST UNDER APPLICABLE STATE, NATIONAL, PROVINCIAL OR LOCAL LAW, APPLY ONLY TO YOU AS THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF THE PRODUCT. Extent of Limited Warranty Intel does not warrant that the Product, whether purchased stand-alone or integrated with other products, including without limitation, semi-conductor components, will be free from design defects or errors known as "errata." Current characterized errata are available upon request. Further, this Limited Warranty does NOT cover: (i) any costs associated with the replacement or repair of the Product, including labor, installation or other costs incurred by you, and in particular, any costs relating to the removal or replacement of any Product soldered or otherwise permanently affixed to any printed circuit board or integrated with other products;
(ii) damage to the Product due to external causes, including accident, problems with electrical power, abnormal, mechanical or environmental conditions, usage not in accordance with product instructions, misuse, neglect, accident, abuse, alteration, repair, improper or unauthorized installation or improper testing, or (iii) any Product which has been modified or operated outside of Intels publicly available specifications or where the original product identification markings (trademark or serial number) have been removed, altered or obliterated from the Product; or (iv) issues resulting from modification (other than by Intel) of software products provided or included in the Product, (v) incorporation of software products, other than those software products provided or included in the Product by Intel, or (vi) failure to apply Intel-supplied modifications or corrections to any software provided with or included in the Product. How to Obtain Warranty Service To obtain warranty service for the Product, you may contact your original place of purchase in accordance with its instructions or you may contact Intel. To request warranty service from Intel, you must contact the Intel Customer Support ("ICS") center in your region (http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/centrino/sb/CS-
009883.htm) within the warranty period during normal business hours (local time), excluding holidays and return the Product to the designated ICS center. Please be prepared to provide: (1) your name, mailing address, email address, telephone numbers and, in the USA, valid credit card information; (2) proof of purchase; (3) model name and product identification number found on the Product; and (4) an explanation of the problem. The Customer Service Representative may need additional information from you depending on the nature of the problem. Upon ICSs verification that the Product is eligible for warranty service, you will be issued a Return Material Authorization ("RMA") number and provided with instructions for returning the Product to the designated ICS center. When you return the Product to the ICS center, you must include the RMA number on the outside of the package. Intel will not accept any returned Product without an RMA number, or that has an invalid RMA number, on the package. You must deliver the returned Product to the designated ICS center in the original or equivalent packaging, with shipping charges pre-paid (within the USA), and assume the risk of damage or loss during shipment. Intel may elect to repair or replace the Product with either a new or reconditioned Product or components, as Intel deems appropriate. The repaired or replaced product will be shipped to you at the expense of Intel within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the returned Product by ICS. The returned Product shall become Intels property on receipt by ICS. The replacement product is warranted under this written warranty and is subject to the same limitations of liability and exclusions for ninety (90) days or the remainder of the original warranty period, whichever is longer. If Intel replaces the Product, the Limited Warranty period for the replacement Product is not extended. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS THIS WARRANTY REPLACES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT AND INTEL DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so this limitation may not apply to you. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD. NO WARRANTIES APPLY AFTER THAT PERIOD. Some states
(or jurisdictions) do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so this limitation may not apply to you. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY INTELS RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THIS OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, IMPLIED OR EXPRESS, IS LIMITED TO REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND, AS SET FORTH ABOVE. THESE REMEDIES ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INTEL IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, DOWNTIME, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, AND ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, REPROGRAMMING, OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH A SYSTEM CONTAINING THE PRODUCT), EVEN IF INTEL HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY BY STATE OR JURISDICTION. ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE ADJUDICATED IN THE FOLLOWING FORUMS AND GOVERNED BY THE FOLLOWING LAWS: FOR THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, NORTH AMERICA AND SOUTH AMERICA, THE FORUM SHALL BE SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, USA AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. FOR THE ASIA PACIFIC REGION
(EXCEPT FOR MAINLAND CHINA), THE FORUM SHALL BE SINGAPORE AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF SINGAPORE. FOR EUROPE AND THE REST OF THE WORLD, THE FORUM SHALL BE LONDON AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF ENGLAND AND WALES IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION AND ANY OTHER TRANSLATED VERSION(S) OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE SIMPLIFIED CHINESE VERSION), THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION SHALL CONTROL. IMPORTANT! UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING BY INTEL, THE INTEL PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER ARE NOT DESIGNED, OR INTENDED FOR USE IN ANY MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING OR LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS, TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, NUCLEAR SYSTEMS, OR FOR ANY OTHER MISSION CRITICAL APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE INTEL PRODUCT COULD CREATE A SITUATION WHERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR.
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2007-04-20 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
3 | 2007-03-20 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
4 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
5 | 2007-02-14 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
6 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
7 | 2007-02-09 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
8 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||
9 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Effective |
2007-04-20
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
2007-03-20
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
2007-02-14
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
2007-02-09
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Intel Corporation
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0008035131
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Physical Address |
100 Center Point Circle Suite 200
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
100 Center Point Circle
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
Columbia, SC
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | TCB Application Email Address |
m******@ccsemc.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
H******@atcb.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Grantee Code |
PD9
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Equipment Product Code |
LEN4965AG
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Name |
S****** C******** H****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Title |
Product Regulations Engineer
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Telephone Number |
803-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Fax Number |
803-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
s******@intel.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Firm Name |
Aegis Labs, Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Name |
J******** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Physical Address |
23091 Antonio Parkway #B160-417
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
Rancho Santa Margarita, California 92688
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Telephone Number |
949-4********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Fax Number |
949-4********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
j******@aegislabsinc.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | No | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 06/04/2007 | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | 05/04/2007 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | 802.11a/b/g Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Notebook PC with Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Modular Equipment Type | Single Modular Approval | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Grant Comments | Class II Permissive Change to add a specific portable condition notebook/tablet host ( ThinkPad X60 Series). Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations except as documented in this filing. The final host device must utilize the Bios Locking feature as documented in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter except as documented in this filing. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for this device in the: 5.2GHz band is 0.132W/kg, including the co-located Bluetooth transmitter. This device complies with the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements of Report and Order FCC 03-287 as a Client only without Radar Detection. | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Class II Permissive Change to add a specific portable condition notebook/tablet host (ThinkPad X60 Series). Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations except as documented in this filing. The final host device must utilize the Bios Locking feature as documented in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter except as documented in this filing. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for this device are: 2.4GHz band 0.159W/kg; 5.7GHz band 0.201 W/kg, including the co-located Bluetooth transmitter. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations. The final host device must utilize the Bios Locking feature as documented in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations. The final host device must utilize the Bios Locking feature as documented in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device complies with the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements of Report andOrder FCC 03-287 as a Client only without Radar Detection. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations. This module must be installed by the OEM or OEM integrator. Instructions on installation of this module may not be provided to the end user. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device complies with the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements of Report and Order FCC 03-287 as a Client only without Radar Detection. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations. This module must be installed by the OEM or OEM integrator.Instructions on installation of this module may not be provided to the end user. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Power Output listed is Conducted. Modular approval. This module is approved for use in mobile only configurations. This module must be installed by the OEM or OEM integrator. Instructions on installation of this module may not be provided to the end user. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device complies with the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements of Report andOrder FCC 03-287 as a Client only without Radar Detection. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Firm Name |
Compliance Certification Services
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
AEGIS Labs, Inc.
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Name |
B******** J******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
S****** K******
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Telephone Number |
510-7******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
949-4******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | Fax Number |
510-6********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
94982********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
b******@ccsemc.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
s******@aegislabsinc.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.049 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | CC | 5260 | 5320 | 0.087 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15E | CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.049 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 15E | CC | 5260 | 5320 | 0.087 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.049 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 15E | CC | 5260 | 5320 | 0.087 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15E | CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.049 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 15E | CC | 5260 | 5320 | 0.087 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15B | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 2 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.107 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC